1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15941 42963))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81 This version was built on $Date: 2003/05/13 20:48:15 $.
83 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
86 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
87 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
89 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
90 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
93 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
95 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
97 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
98 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
100 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
101 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
103 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
104 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
105 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
106 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
107 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
110 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
112 If you use find-file.el:
113 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
114 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
115 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
116 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
117 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
119 If you use ada-xref.el:
120 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
121 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
122 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
128 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
132 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
133 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
139 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
143 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
144 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
145 Completion is available.
147 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
151 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
152 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
153 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
154 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
155 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16111 41824))
156 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
158 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
159 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
160 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
161 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
163 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
165 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
166 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
167 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
169 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
171 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
172 *Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
173 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
174 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
175 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
176 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
178 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
180 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
181 Prompt for a change log name.
185 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
186 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
188 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
189 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
190 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
191 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
193 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
194 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
195 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
197 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
198 current buffer to the complete file name.
199 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
201 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
203 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
204 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
205 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
208 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
209 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
211 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
213 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
214 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
215 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
217 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
218 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
221 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
222 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
225 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
226 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
228 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
230 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
231 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
232 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
233 the change log file in another window.
235 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
236 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
238 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
239 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
240 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
241 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
242 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
243 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
244 \\{change-log-mode-map}
248 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
249 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
251 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
252 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
254 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
255 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
257 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
258 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
260 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
261 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
263 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
264 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
265 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
266 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
267 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
269 Has a preference of looking backwards.
273 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
274 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
275 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
276 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
279 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
280 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
282 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
284 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
285 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
291 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
292 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16066
294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
296 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
297 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
298 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
299 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
300 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
301 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
302 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
303 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
304 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
305 interpreted as `error'.")
307 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
309 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
310 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
311 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
312 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
313 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
314 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
315 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
316 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
318 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
320 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
321 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
322 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
323 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
324 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
325 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
326 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
327 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
328 will be overwritten with the new one.
329 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
330 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
331 will clear the cache.
333 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
335 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
336 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
337 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
339 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
340 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
343 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
344 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
345 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
346 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
347 see also `ad-add-advice'.
348 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
349 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
350 before/around/after-advices will be used.
351 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
352 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
353 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
354 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
355 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
356 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
358 Semantics of the various flags:
359 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
360 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
361 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
363 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
364 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
366 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
367 advised function should be compiled.
369 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
370 during activation until somebody enables it.
372 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
373 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
374 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
375 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
377 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
378 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
379 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
380 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
381 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
384 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
386 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
390 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
391 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
392 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16111 41824))
393 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
395 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
396 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
397 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
398 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
399 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
400 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
401 rule's `separate' attribute).
403 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
404 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
405 `separate' attribute set.
407 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
408 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
409 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
410 on the format of these lists.
412 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
414 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
415 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
416 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
417 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
418 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
419 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
420 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
421 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
422 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
423 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
426 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
427 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
431 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
434 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
435 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
436 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
438 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
440 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
441 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
442 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
443 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
444 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
447 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
449 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
450 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
451 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
452 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
453 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
454 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
455 been used to align that section.
457 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
459 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
460 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
461 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
462 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
463 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
464 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
467 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
469 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
470 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
474 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
475 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
481 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16066 53439))
482 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
485 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
487 MODE is one of the following symbols:
489 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
490 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
491 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
492 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
493 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
494 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
495 any confirmation check.
497 Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
498 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
499 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
500 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
502 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
503 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
504 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
506 To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
507 the following two lines in your emacs init file:
512 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
516 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
517 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16139 21086))
518 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
520 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
522 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
523 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
524 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
525 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
526 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
527 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
529 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
531 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
534 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
536 (put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
540 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
541 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15941 42963))
542 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
544 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
545 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
546 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
547 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
548 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
549 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
550 in the current window.
552 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
554 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
555 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
556 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
558 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
560 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
561 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.
567 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
568 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16111 41824))
569 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
571 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
572 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
576 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
577 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
579 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
580 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
581 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
582 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
584 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
585 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
587 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
589 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
593 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
594 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15941 42963))
595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
597 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
598 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
599 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
600 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
601 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
604 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
605 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
606 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
609 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
610 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
611 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
612 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
616 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
617 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
622 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
623 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
624 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
630 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
631 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
632 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
633 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15941 42957))
634 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
636 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
637 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
638 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
639 as the first thing on a line.")
641 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
643 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
644 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
646 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
648 (defvar appt-audible t "\
649 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
651 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
653 (defvar appt-visible t "\
654 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
656 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
658 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
659 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
663 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
664 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
666 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
668 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
669 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
671 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
673 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
674 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
675 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
677 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
679 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
680 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
681 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
683 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
685 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
686 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
690 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
691 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
692 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
693 put in the appointments list.
697 10:00am group meeting
698 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
699 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
700 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
706 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
707 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos"
708 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (16174 61084))
709 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
711 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
712 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
718 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
719 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
720 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
723 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
725 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
727 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
728 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
729 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
730 noninteractive functions.
732 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
733 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
735 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
737 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
738 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
740 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
742 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
743 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
744 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
745 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
746 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
748 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
750 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
751 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
752 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
753 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
754 Returns list of symbols and values found.
756 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
758 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
759 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
760 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
761 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
763 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
765 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
769 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16205
771 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
773 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
774 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
775 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
776 Letters no longer insert themselves.
777 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
778 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
780 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
781 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
786 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
790 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15941 42951))
791 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
793 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
794 Major mode for editing arrays.
796 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
797 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
798 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
800 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
802 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
803 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
804 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
806 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
807 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
808 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
809 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
812 Variables you assign:
813 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
814 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
815 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
816 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
817 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
818 row numbers in the buffer.
820 Variables which are calculated:
821 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
822 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
824 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
825 take a numeric prefix argument):
827 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
828 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
829 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
830 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
832 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
833 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
834 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
835 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
837 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
838 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
840 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
842 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
843 between that of point and mark.
845 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
846 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
848 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
849 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
850 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
851 newlines inside rows)
853 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
855 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
861 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16162
863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
865 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
866 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
867 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
868 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
870 How to quit artist mode
872 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
875 How to submit a bug report
877 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
880 Drawing with the mouse:
883 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
884 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
888 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
891 Operation Not shifted Shifted
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Line Line in any direction Straight line
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Rectangle Rectangle Square
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
922 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
925 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
926 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
927 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
928 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
931 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
932 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
933 overwrite means the opposite.
935 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
936 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
937 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
939 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
941 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
942 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
944 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
945 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
946 are currently drawing something.
948 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
952 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
953 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
958 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
960 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
962 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
964 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
966 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
967 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
969 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
974 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
975 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
976 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
977 When erase characters: toggles erasing
978 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
981 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
983 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
985 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
986 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
987 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
988 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
989 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
990 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
995 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
996 of the line/poly-line
998 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
999 of the line/poly-line
1004 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1006 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1009 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1010 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1013 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1022 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1025 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1030 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1031 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1033 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1034 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1035 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1036 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1037 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1038 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1039 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1040 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1041 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1042 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1043 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1045 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1046 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1047 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1048 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1049 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1050 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1051 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1055 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1056 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1063 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1067 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16131
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1071 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1072 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1073 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1075 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1076 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1077 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1078 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1080 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1081 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1083 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1084 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1086 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1095 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1096 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
1097 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1099 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1102 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1104 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1105 This command is obsolete.
1111 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1112 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
1113 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1115 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1116 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1117 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1118 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1119 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1121 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1123 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1124 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1125 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1126 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1127 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1128 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1129 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1130 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1131 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1132 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1135 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1136 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1137 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1138 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1139 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1141 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1145 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1146 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1147 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1149 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1151 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1153 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1154 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1155 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1156 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1157 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1158 &c to supply digit arguments.
1160 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1166 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1167 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
1168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1170 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1171 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1177 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1178 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15941 42951))
1179 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1181 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1182 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1183 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1187 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1189 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1190 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1192 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1194 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1195 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1196 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1198 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1200 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1202 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1203 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1204 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1205 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1207 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1208 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1214 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1215 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1216 ;;;;;; (16072 11522))
1217 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1219 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1220 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1221 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1222 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1226 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1227 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1228 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1229 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1230 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1231 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1233 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1234 directory or directories specified.
1236 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1238 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1239 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1240 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1246 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1247 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (15538 43199))
1248 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1250 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1251 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1252 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1254 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1255 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1257 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1258 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1259 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1263 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1264 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1266 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1271 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1272 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1273 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1274 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1275 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1277 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1279 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1280 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1282 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1283 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1284 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1290 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1291 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 32214))
1292 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1294 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1295 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1296 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1298 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1300 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1302 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1303 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1304 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1305 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1307 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1308 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1309 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1311 Effects of the different modes:
1312 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1313 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1314 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1315 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1316 a random distance & direction.
1317 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1318 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1319 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1321 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1323 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1324 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1325 definition of \"random distance\".)
1327 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1331 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1332 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
1333 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1335 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1336 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1338 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1339 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1343 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1344 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1345 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1346 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1348 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1350 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1352 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1356 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1357 ;;;;;; (15380 36786))
1358 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1360 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1361 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1362 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1363 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1367 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1368 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1369 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1370 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1371 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1378 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1379 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (15934 33472))
1380 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1382 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1383 Time execution of FORMS.
1384 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1385 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1387 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1388 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1389 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1391 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1393 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1394 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1395 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1396 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1397 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1399 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1401 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1402 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1403 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1404 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1405 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1407 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1411 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16136
1413 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1415 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1416 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1418 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1420 You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1421 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1422 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1423 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1424 with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1426 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1427 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1428 work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1429 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1430 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1431 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1433 For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1434 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1437 Special information:
1439 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1441 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1442 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1443 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1444 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1445 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1446 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1447 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1448 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1450 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1451 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1452 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1453 `bibtex-entry-format'.
1454 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1455 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1456 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1458 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1459 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1461 The following may be of interest as well:
1467 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1470 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1471 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1472 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1474 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1477 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1478 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1479 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1484 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1487 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1489 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1490 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1491 `bibtex-entry-format'
1492 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1493 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1494 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1495 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1496 `bibtex-string-files'
1498 ---------------------------------------------------------
1499 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15856 53273))
1509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1511 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1515 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15941
1517 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1519 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1521 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1525 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1526 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1527 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1528 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1529 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1534 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1535 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1538 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1541 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1542 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1544 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1545 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1547 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1548 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1549 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1550 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1551 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1552 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1556 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1558 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1559 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1560 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1561 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1563 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1564 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1565 denoted by the letter `R'.
1567 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1568 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1569 denoted by the letter `H'.
1571 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1574 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1575 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1576 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1577 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1578 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1579 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1582 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1583 degree deflection it causes.
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1588 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1589 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1596 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1597 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1602 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1609 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1610 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1611 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1612 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1613 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1614 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1615 emerging from the box.
1617 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1624 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1628 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1635 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1636 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1637 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1638 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1639 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1640 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (16174 61084))
1641 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1642 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1643 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1644 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1646 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1647 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1648 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1649 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1650 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1651 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1652 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1663 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1664 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1666 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1667 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1668 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1669 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1670 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1671 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1672 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1673 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1676 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1677 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1678 yank successive words.
1680 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1681 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1682 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1683 name of the file being visited.
1685 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1686 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1687 the list of bookmarks.)
1689 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1691 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1692 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1693 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1694 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1695 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1698 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1699 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1700 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1701 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1703 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1705 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1706 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1707 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1708 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1709 after a bookmark was set in it.
1711 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1713 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1714 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1715 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1716 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1718 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1720 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1722 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1723 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1724 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1725 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1727 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1728 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1729 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1731 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1732 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1735 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1737 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1738 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1739 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1740 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1741 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1744 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1746 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1747 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1748 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1749 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1750 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1751 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1752 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1753 probably because we were called from there.
1755 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1757 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1758 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1759 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1763 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1764 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1765 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1766 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1769 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1770 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1771 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1772 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1773 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1775 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1776 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1777 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1778 `bookmark-default-file'.
1780 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1782 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1783 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1784 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1785 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1786 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1789 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1790 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1791 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1792 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1793 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1796 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1797 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1798 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1799 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1801 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1803 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1804 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1805 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1806 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1807 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1811 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1813 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1815 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1816 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1817 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1818 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1819 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1822 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1823 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1824 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1828 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1829 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1830 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1831 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1832 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1835 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1836 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1837 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1841 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1842 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1843 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1845 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1846 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1847 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1851 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1852 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1853 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1854 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1855 prompts for NEWNAME.
1856 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1857 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1858 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1860 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1861 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1864 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1865 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1866 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1870 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1871 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1872 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1873 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1874 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1875 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1877 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1878 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1879 \"-menu-\" in its name).
1883 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1885 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1886 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load]
1887 '("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))
1888 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write]
1889 '("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))
1890 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save]
1891 '("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))
1892 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit]
1893 '("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))
1894 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete]
1895 '("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete))
1896 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename]
1897 '("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename))
1898 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate]
1899 '("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate))
1900 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert]
1901 '("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert))
1902 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set]
1903 '("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))
1904 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump]
1905 '("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump))
1909 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1910 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1911 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1912 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1913 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1914 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1915 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1916 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1917 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16174 61085))
1918 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1920 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1921 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1922 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1923 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1925 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1926 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1927 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1928 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1929 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1931 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1933 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1934 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1935 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1936 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1937 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1938 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1940 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1942 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1943 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1944 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1945 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1950 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1951 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1955 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1956 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1958 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1960 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1961 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1962 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1963 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1965 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1967 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1968 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1969 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1970 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1974 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1975 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1976 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1977 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1978 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1983 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1984 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1985 Default to the URL around or before point.
1987 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1988 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1989 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1990 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1992 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1993 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1995 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1996 Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1998 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2000 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2001 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2002 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2003 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2005 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2006 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2007 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2008 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2010 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2011 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2013 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2015 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2016 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2017 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2018 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2020 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2021 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2022 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2023 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2025 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2026 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2027 new tab in an existing window instead.
2029 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2030 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2032 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2034 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2035 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2036 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2037 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2039 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2040 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2041 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2042 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2044 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2045 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2046 new tab in an existing window instead.
2048 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2049 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2051 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2053 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2054 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2055 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2056 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2058 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2059 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2060 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2061 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2063 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2064 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2066 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2068 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2069 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2071 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2072 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2073 program is invoked according to the variable
2074 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2076 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2077 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2078 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2079 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2081 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2082 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2084 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2086 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2087 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2088 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2089 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2091 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2093 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2094 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2095 Default to the URL around or before point.
2097 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2098 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2099 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2101 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2102 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2103 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2104 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2106 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2107 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2109 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2111 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2112 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2113 Default to the URL around or before point.
2115 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2117 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2118 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2119 Default to the URL around or before point.
2121 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2122 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2123 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2125 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2126 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2128 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2130 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2131 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2132 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2133 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2135 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2137 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2138 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2139 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2140 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2141 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2143 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2145 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2146 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2147 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2148 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2150 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2151 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2152 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2153 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2155 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2156 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2158 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2160 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2161 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2162 Default to the URL around or before point.
2164 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2166 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2167 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
2168 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2169 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2170 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2173 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2174 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2175 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2176 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2178 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2179 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2181 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2183 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2184 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2185 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2186 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2187 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2188 don't offer a form of remote control.
2190 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2192 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2193 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2194 Default to the URL around or before point.
2196 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2200 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15830
2202 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2204 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2205 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2209 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2210 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2216 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2217 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15731 5408))
2218 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2220 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2221 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2222 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2223 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2227 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2228 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2229 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2230 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2234 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2235 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2239 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2240 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2242 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2243 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2244 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2245 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2247 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2248 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2249 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2250 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2251 name of buffer configuration.
2257 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2258 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (15924
2260 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2262 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2263 Keymap used by buttons.")
2265 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2266 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2267 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2269 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2270 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2271 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2272 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2273 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2274 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2276 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2277 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2278 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2279 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2281 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2283 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2284 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2285 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2286 specifying properties to add to the button.
2287 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2288 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2289 `define-button-type'.
2291 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2293 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2295 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2296 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2297 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2298 specifying properties to add to the button.
2299 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2300 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2301 `define-button-type'.
2303 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2305 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2307 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2308 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2309 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2310 specifying properties to add to the button.
2311 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2312 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2313 `define-button-type'.
2315 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2316 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2317 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2320 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2322 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2324 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2325 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2326 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2327 specifying properties to add to the button.
2328 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2329 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2330 `define-button-type'.
2332 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2333 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2334 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2335 `insert-text-button'.
2337 Also see `make-text-button'.
2339 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2343 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2344 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2345 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2346 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2347 ;;;;;; (16179 16173))
2348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2350 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2351 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2352 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2354 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2356 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2357 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2358 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2359 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2361 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2362 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2363 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2364 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2365 whether to compile it.
2367 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2369 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2370 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2372 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2374 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2375 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2376 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2377 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2378 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2380 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2382 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2383 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2384 Print the result in the minibuffer.
2385 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2389 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2390 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2391 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2393 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2395 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2396 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2397 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2398 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2399 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2400 all functions called by those functions.
2402 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2403 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2406 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2407 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2408 invoked interactively.
2410 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2412 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2413 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2414 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2415 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2419 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2420 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2421 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2422 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2423 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2424 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2425 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2428 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2430 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2431 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2432 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2433 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15941 42957))
2440 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2442 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2444 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2448 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2449 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
2450 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2452 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2453 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2454 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2455 from the cursor position.
2457 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2461 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2462 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2463 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (15941
2465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2467 (defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2468 *File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2470 (defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2471 *File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2473 (defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2474 Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2475 loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2476 If nil, use original installation directory.
2477 This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2479 (defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2480 *Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2482 (defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2483 *Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2485 (defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2486 *Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2487 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2489 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2490 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2494 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2495 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2497 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2499 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2500 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2504 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2505 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2509 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2510 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2511 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2512 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2514 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2516 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2517 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2518 This is most useful in the X window system.
2519 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2520 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2524 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2525 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2526 See calc-keypad for details.
2530 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2531 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2533 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2535 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2536 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2538 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2540 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2541 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2543 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2545 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2546 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2547 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2549 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2551 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2554 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2558 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2559 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
2560 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2562 (autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2563 This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2569 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15941
2571 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2573 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2574 Run the Emacs calculator.
2575 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2581 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2582 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2583 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2584 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2585 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2586 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2587 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2588 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2589 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2590 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2591 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2592 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2593 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2594 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2595 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2596 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2597 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
2598 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2600 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2601 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2602 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2604 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2606 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2607 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2608 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2609 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2612 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2614 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2615 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2616 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2617 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2618 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2620 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2622 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2623 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2624 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2625 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2626 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2627 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2628 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2630 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2631 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2632 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2633 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2634 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2636 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2637 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2638 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2640 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2642 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2643 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2644 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2646 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2648 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2649 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2650 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2652 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2654 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2655 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2656 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2659 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2661 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2662 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2663 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2665 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2667 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2668 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2669 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2671 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2673 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2675 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2676 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2677 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2679 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2682 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2684 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2685 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2686 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2688 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2691 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2693 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2694 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2695 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2697 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2699 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2700 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2701 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2702 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2703 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2705 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2707 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2708 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2709 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2710 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2711 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2712 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2713 a function is also provided for this:
2714 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2716 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2717 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2718 date is not visible in the window.
2720 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2721 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2722 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2724 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2726 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2727 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2729 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2730 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2731 date is visible in the window.
2733 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2734 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2735 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2737 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2739 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2740 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2744 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2746 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2748 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2750 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2751 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2753 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2754 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2762 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2763 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2764 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2765 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2766 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2767 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2768 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2769 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2770 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2771 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2772 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2773 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2776 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2777 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2778 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2779 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2787 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2788 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2790 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2791 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2792 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2793 window but will appear in a diary window.
2795 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2796 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2798 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2799 entries (in the default American style):
2801 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2802 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2803 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2805 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2806 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2807 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2808 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2809 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2810 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2811 &* 15 time cards due.
2813 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2814 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2815 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2819 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2820 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2821 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2822 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2823 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2824 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2826 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2827 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2828 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2830 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2832 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2834 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2835 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2836 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2837 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2838 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2839 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2840 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2841 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2842 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2844 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2845 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2846 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2847 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2848 for these functions for details.
2850 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2851 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2853 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2855 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2856 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2858 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2860 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2861 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2863 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2865 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2866 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2868 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2870 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2871 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2872 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2874 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2876 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2877 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2878 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2880 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2882 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2883 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2884 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2885 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2887 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2889 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2890 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2891 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2892 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2901 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2902 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2903 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.")
2905 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2907 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2908 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2909 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2911 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2913 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2914 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2915 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2917 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2919 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2920 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2921 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2923 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2925 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2926 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2927 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2929 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2931 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2932 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2933 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2934 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2935 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2936 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2938 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2940 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2941 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2942 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2944 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2945 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2946 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2949 #include \"filename\"
2951 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2952 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2953 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2954 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2955 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2957 For example, you could use
2959 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2960 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2961 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2963 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2964 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2965 lexicographic order.")
2967 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2969 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2970 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2971 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2973 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2975 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2976 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2977 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2980 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2981 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2982 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2983 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2984 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2985 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2986 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2988 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2989 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2990 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2991 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2992 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2993 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2994 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2995 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2997 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2999 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3000 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3001 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3002 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
3003 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3004 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3006 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
3008 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3009 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3011 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3012 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3013 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3015 #include \"filename\"
3016 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3017 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3018 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3019 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3020 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3022 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3024 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3025 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3026 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
3027 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
3028 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3029 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3031 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3033 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3034 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3035 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3038 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3040 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3041 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3042 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3043 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3044 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3046 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3048 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3050 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3051 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3054 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3056 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3058 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3060 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3062 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3064 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3066 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3068 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3070 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3072 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3074 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3075 *User defined holidays.
3076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3078 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3080 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3082 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3084 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3086 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3088 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3090 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3092 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3094 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3096 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3098 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3102 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3104 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3106 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3107 *Christian holidays.
3108 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3110 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3112 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3114 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3116 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3118 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3120 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3122 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3123 *Sun-related holidays.
3124 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3126 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3128 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3130 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3131 The frame set up of the calendar.
3132 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3133 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3134 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3135 any other value the current frame is used.")
3137 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3138 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3139 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3141 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3142 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3148 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3149 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3150 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
3151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3153 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3154 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3155 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3156 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3157 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3158 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3159 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3161 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3163 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3164 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3165 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3166 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3167 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3168 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3169 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3172 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3173 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3174 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3175 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3176 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3177 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3179 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3181 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3182 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3189 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3190 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3192 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3193 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3194 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3195 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3196 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3197 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3200 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3202 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3203 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3210 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3211 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3212 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3214 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3215 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3216 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3217 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3218 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3219 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3222 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3224 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3225 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3232 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3233 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3236 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3237 Major mode for editing Java code.
3238 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3239 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3240 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3241 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3244 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3246 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3247 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3254 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3255 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3256 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3258 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3261 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3276 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3277 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3279 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3281 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3282 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3283 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3284 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3285 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3286 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3289 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3291 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3292 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3299 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3300 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3301 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3302 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3303 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3307 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3308 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16139 20775))
3309 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3311 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3312 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3313 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3314 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3315 for details of setting up styles.
3317 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3320 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3321 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3322 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3323 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3326 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3327 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3328 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3329 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3330 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3333 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3334 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3335 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3336 when used elsewhere.
3338 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3340 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3341 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3342 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3343 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3345 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3347 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3348 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3349 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3351 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3353 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3354 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3355 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3356 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3357 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3359 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3363 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3364 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3365 ;;;;;; (16179 23394))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3368 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3369 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3371 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3373 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3374 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3376 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3378 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3379 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3381 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3382 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3383 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3384 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3387 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3389 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3391 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3392 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3394 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3395 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3399 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3400 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3401 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3404 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3405 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3406 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3407 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3409 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3410 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3413 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3415 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3417 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3420 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3421 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3423 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3424 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3425 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3428 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3430 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3431 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3432 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3434 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3436 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3438 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3439 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3441 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3445 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3447 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3449 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3450 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3453 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3454 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3457 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3459 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3460 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3461 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3462 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3463 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3464 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3465 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3466 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3467 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3468 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3469 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3470 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3471 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3472 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3473 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3474 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3477 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3478 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3480 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3481 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3483 | (write EXPRESSION)
3484 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3485 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3488 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3491 ;; Same as: (write string)
3493 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3494 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3495 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3498 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3499 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3500 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3501 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3502 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3503 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3505 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3506 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3508 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3511 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3512 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3513 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3515 ARG := REG | integer
3518 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3521 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3524 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3527 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3528 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3531 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3532 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3533 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3536 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3537 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3538 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3541 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3542 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3544 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3545 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3546 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3549 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3550 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3553 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3554 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3556 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3559 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3563 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3564 ;; Same meaning as C code
3565 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3567 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3572 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3573 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3576 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3577 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3581 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3585 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3586 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3587 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3589 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3590 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3591 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3593 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3594 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3595 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3596 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3597 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3600 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3602 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3603 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3604 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3605 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3606 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3607 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3609 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3611 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3612 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3613 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3615 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3617 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3621 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3622 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3623 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3624 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3625 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3626 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3627 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3628 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3629 ;;;;;; (16111 41827))
3630 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3632 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3633 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3634 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3635 the users will view as each check is completed.
3639 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3640 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3641 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3642 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3643 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3644 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3645 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3646 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3648 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3650 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3651 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3652 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3653 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3654 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3655 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3656 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3657 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3659 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3661 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3662 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3663 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3664 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3665 spacing are all verified.
3669 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3670 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3671 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3672 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3673 otherwise stop after the first error.
3675 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3677 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3678 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3679 Only documentation strings are checked.
3680 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3681 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3684 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3686 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3687 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3688 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3689 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3690 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3692 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3694 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3695 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3696 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3697 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3700 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3702 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3703 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3704 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3705 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3707 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3709 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3711 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3712 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3713 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3715 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3717 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3718 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3719 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3720 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3721 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3725 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3726 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3727 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3728 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3729 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3730 space at the end of each line.
3732 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3734 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3735 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3736 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3737 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3739 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3741 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3742 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3743 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3744 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3746 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3748 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3749 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3750 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3751 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3753 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3755 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3756 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3757 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3758 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3760 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3762 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3763 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3764 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3765 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3767 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3769 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3770 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3771 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3772 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3774 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3776 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3777 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3778 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3779 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3781 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3783 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3784 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3785 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3786 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3788 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3790 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3791 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3792 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3793 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3795 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3797 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3798 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3799 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3801 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3802 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3803 checking of documentation strings.
3805 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3811 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3812 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3813 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (16183 29903))
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3816 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3817 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3818 Return the length of resulting text.
3820 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3822 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3823 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3827 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3828 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3829 Return the length of resulting text.
3831 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3833 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3834 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3838 (autoload (quote post-read-decode-hz) "china-util" "\
3843 (autoload (quote pre-write-encode-hz) "china-util" "\
3846 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3850 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3851 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15878 5274))
3852 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3854 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3855 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3856 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3857 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3858 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3859 editing and the result is evaluated.
3861 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3863 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3864 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3865 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3866 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3867 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3869 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3873 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3874 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3875 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3876 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3877 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3879 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3880 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3881 \\{command-history-map}
3883 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3884 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15856 53273))
3891 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3893 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3894 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3895 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3896 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3897 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3898 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3900 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3901 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3905 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3906 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
3907 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3909 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3912 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3916 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3917 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
3918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3920 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3921 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3922 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3923 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3925 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3926 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3927 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3929 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3930 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3932 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3936 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15941
3938 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3940 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3941 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3942 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3943 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3944 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3945 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3946 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3949 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3953 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
3954 ;;;;;; (16179 34039))
3955 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3957 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3958 Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
3960 \(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3964 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3965 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3966 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3967 ;;;;;; (16168 11508))
3968 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3970 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3971 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3972 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3973 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3974 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3975 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3976 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3977 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3979 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3981 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3983 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3984 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3985 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3986 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3987 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3988 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3989 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3990 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3992 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3994 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3996 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3997 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3998 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3999 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4000 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4001 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4003 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4005 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4006 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4007 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4009 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4011 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4013 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4014 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4015 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4017 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4019 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4021 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4022 Send COMMAND to current process.
4023 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4024 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4026 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4028 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4029 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4030 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4031 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4033 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4037 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15678
4039 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4041 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4042 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4043 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4044 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4046 This command pushes the mark in each window
4047 at the prior location of point in that window.
4048 If both windows display the same buffer,
4049 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4050 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4052 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
4053 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4054 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.
4056 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4060 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4061 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-tree grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
4062 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4063 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (16167 21090))
4064 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4066 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4067 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4069 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4071 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4072 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4074 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4076 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4077 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4078 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4079 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4080 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4082 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4083 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4084 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4085 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4086 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4088 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4089 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4090 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4091 describing how the process finished.")
4093 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4094 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4095 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4096 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4098 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4099 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4100 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4102 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4104 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4105 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4106 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4107 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4109 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4111 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4112 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4113 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4114 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4116 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4117 and move to the source code that caused it.
4119 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4120 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4122 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4123 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4124 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4125 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4128 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4129 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4130 to a function that generates a unique name.
4132 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
4134 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
4135 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
4136 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
4137 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
4138 where grep found matches.
4140 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
4141 easily repeat a grep command.
4143 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
4144 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
4145 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
4146 if that history list is empty).
4148 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4150 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
4151 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
4152 Collect output in a buffer.
4153 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4154 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4156 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4157 easily repeat a find command.
4159 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
4161 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "compile" "\
4162 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
4163 Collect output in a buffer.
4164 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
4165 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
4166 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
4167 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
4168 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
4170 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
4171 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
4173 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
4174 easily repeat a find command.
4176 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
4177 those sub directories of DIR.
4179 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
4181 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4182 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4183 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4184 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4185 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4187 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4189 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4191 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4192 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4193 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4194 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4195 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4196 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4197 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4201 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4202 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4203 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4204 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4205 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4206 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4210 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4211 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4213 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
4214 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
4216 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
4217 negative means move back to previous error messages.
4218 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
4219 and start at the first error.
4221 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4222 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4223 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4224 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4225 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4226 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
4228 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4229 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4230 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4232 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
4233 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4235 \(fn &optional ARGP)" t nil)
4236 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4240 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4241 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
4242 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4244 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4245 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4246 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4248 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4250 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4252 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4253 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4254 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4256 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4257 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4258 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4259 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4261 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4262 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4263 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4264 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4266 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4267 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4268 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4269 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4275 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4276 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4279 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4280 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4286 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4287 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15366 772))
4288 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4290 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4291 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4292 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4293 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4295 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4297 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4298 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4299 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4300 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4302 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4304 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4305 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4306 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4307 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4309 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4311 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4312 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4314 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4318 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4319 ;;;;;; (16179 16691))
4320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4322 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4323 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4324 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4325 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4326 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4327 following the copyright are updated as well.
4328 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4331 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4333 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4334 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4336 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4340 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4341 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
4342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4344 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4345 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4346 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4347 Tab indents for Perl code.
4348 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4349 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4351 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4352 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4353 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4354 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4355 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4356 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4357 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4358 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4359 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4360 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4361 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4362 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4364 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4366 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4367 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4369 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4371 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4372 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4373 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4374 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4375 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4376 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4377 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4378 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4379 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4381 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4385 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4386 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4387 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4390 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4391 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4392 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4394 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4396 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4397 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4398 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4399 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4400 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4402 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4412 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4413 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4414 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4415 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4416 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4417 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4418 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4419 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4420 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4421 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4422 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4423 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4424 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4426 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4427 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4428 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4429 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4430 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4431 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4433 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4434 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4437 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4438 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4439 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4440 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4441 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4443 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4444 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4445 span the needed amount of lines.
4447 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4448 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4449 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4450 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4452 Variables controlling indentation style:
4453 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4454 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4455 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4456 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4457 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4458 `cperl-auto-newline'
4459 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4460 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4461 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4462 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4463 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4464 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4465 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4466 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4467 `cperl-indent-level'
4468 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4469 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4470 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4471 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4472 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4473 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4474 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4475 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4476 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4477 `cperl-brace-offset'
4478 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4479 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4480 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4481 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4482 `cperl-label-offset'
4483 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4484 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4485 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4487 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4488 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4489 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4490 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4491 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4493 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4494 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4495 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4496 \(both available from menu).
4498 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4499 column 0 is indented on
4500 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4502 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4505 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4506 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4507 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4513 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4514 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
4515 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4517 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4518 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4519 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4520 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4521 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4525 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4526 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4532 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4533 ;;;;;; (16012 41367))
4534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4536 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4537 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4538 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4539 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4542 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4544 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4546 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4547 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4548 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4552 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4556 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4557 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
4558 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4560 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4561 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4562 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4563 single prompt, optionally using completion.
4565 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4566 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4567 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4568 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4570 The default value for the separator character is the value of
4571 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4572 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4574 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4575 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4578 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4579 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4580 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4582 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4584 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4585 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4586 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4588 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4592 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16111
4594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4596 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
4597 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4598 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4600 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4602 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4604 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4605 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4606 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4607 highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4608 the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4609 paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4612 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4613 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4614 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4615 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4616 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4617 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4618 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4619 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4623 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4624 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4625 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4626 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4627 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4628 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4629 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4630 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4631 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16111 41824))
4632 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4633 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4635 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4636 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4638 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4639 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4641 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4642 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4644 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4646 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4648 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4649 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4650 VALUE is a Lisp object.
4652 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4653 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4655 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4656 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4658 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4659 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4661 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4662 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4664 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4666 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4668 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4669 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4672 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4673 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4675 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4676 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4678 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4679 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4681 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4682 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4684 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4686 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4688 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4689 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4690 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4691 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4692 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4696 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4697 Customize options related to the current major mode.
4698 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4699 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4703 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4704 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4708 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4709 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4713 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4715 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4716 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4718 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4720 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4722 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4723 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4724 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4726 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4728 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4729 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4730 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4731 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4732 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4734 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4735 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4738 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4740 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4741 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4742 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4744 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4745 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4747 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4749 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4750 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4752 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4753 suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4755 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4757 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4758 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4762 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
4763 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
4767 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4768 Customize all already saved user options.
4772 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4773 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4774 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4775 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4776 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4777 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4778 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4780 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4782 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4783 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4784 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4786 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4788 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4789 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4791 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4793 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4794 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
4796 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4798 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4799 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4800 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4801 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4802 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4805 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4807 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4808 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4809 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4810 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4811 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4814 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4816 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4817 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
4819 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4821 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4822 File used for storing customization information.
4823 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4824 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4825 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4827 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4828 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4829 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4830 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4832 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
4834 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4835 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
4839 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4840 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
4844 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4845 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4846 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
4848 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
4850 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4851 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4852 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4853 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4854 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
4856 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
4860 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
4861 ;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
4862 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4863 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4865 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4866 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
4868 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4870 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4871 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4872 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
4873 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4875 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4877 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
4878 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
4879 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
4880 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
4881 between themes and faces.
4882 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
4884 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4885 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4887 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4889 (autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
4890 Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
4891 Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
4892 is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
4893 is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
4895 \(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
4897 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
4898 Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
4899 Associate this setting with THEME.
4901 ARGS is a list of lists of the form
4905 This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
4907 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4909 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
4910 Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
4911 This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
4913 ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
4915 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4919 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
4920 ;;;;;; (16136 53053))
4921 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
4923 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
4924 Create a custom theme.
4930 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4931 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
4932 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4934 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4935 Mode used for cvs status output.
4941 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4942 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15538 43263))
4943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4945 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4946 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4948 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4949 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4950 C++ modes are included.
4952 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4954 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4956 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4959 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4960 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
4964 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4965 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4966 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4968 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4970 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
4972 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4973 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4974 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4975 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4976 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
4978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4982 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4983 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4984 ;;;;;; (16183 31287))
4985 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4987 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4988 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
4990 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
4992 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4993 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
4995 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
4997 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4998 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4999 For readability, the table is slightly
5000 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5002 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5003 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5004 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5005 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5006 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5008 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5012 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5013 ;;;;;; (16174 61084))
5014 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5015 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5016 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5018 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5019 Completion on current word.
5020 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5021 and presents suggestions for completion.
5023 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5024 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5027 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5028 then it searches *all* buffers.
5030 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5031 if there is a suitable one already.
5033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5035 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5036 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5038 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5039 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5040 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5041 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5042 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5044 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5045 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5047 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5048 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5049 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5051 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5052 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5054 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15997
5062 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5064 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5065 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5067 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5068 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5069 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5071 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5072 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5073 Data lines are not indented.
5078 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5080 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5081 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5082 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5083 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5085 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5088 Extra indentation within blocks.
5090 dcl-continuation-offset
5091 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5094 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5096 dcl-margin-label-offset
5097 Indentation for a label.
5099 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5100 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5102 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5103 dcl-block-end-regexp
5104 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5105 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5106 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5107 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5108 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5110 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5111 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5112 Two such functions are included in the package:
5113 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5114 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5116 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5117 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5118 One such function is included in the package:
5119 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5121 dcl-tab-always-indent
5122 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5123 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5126 dcl-electric-characters
5127 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5130 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5131 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5132 which words trigger electric indentation.
5135 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5136 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5137 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5139 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5140 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5141 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5142 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5144 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5145 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5146 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5147 dcl-imenu-label-call
5148 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5150 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5151 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5152 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5153 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5156 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5158 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5159 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5160 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5162 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5163 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5167 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5168 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5169 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5170 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5171 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5172 \"lined up with the command line\"
5174 Data lines are not indented at all.
5175 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5180 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5181 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5187 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5188 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16139 21085))
5189 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5191 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5193 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5194 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5195 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5198 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5199 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5200 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5202 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5204 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5205 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5206 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5207 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5208 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5209 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5210 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5212 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5214 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5215 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5216 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5218 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5222 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5223 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
5224 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5226 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5227 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5231 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5232 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5233 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5234 Upper-case letters are commands.
5236 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5239 The most useful commands are:
5240 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5241 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5242 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5243 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5244 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5245 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5251 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5252 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15310
5254 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5256 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5257 Customization of `columns' group.
5261 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5262 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5264 START and END delimits the text region.
5266 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5268 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5269 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5271 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5273 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5277 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16111
5279 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5281 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5282 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5283 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5284 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5285 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5286 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5288 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5292 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5293 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5294 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5295 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5296 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5297 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5298 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5299 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5300 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5301 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5302 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5303 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5305 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5306 Directories to search when finding external units.
5307 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5308 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5312 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5313 Face used to color delphi comments.
5314 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5315 Face used to color delphi strings.
5316 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5317 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5318 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5319 Face used to color everything else.
5321 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5322 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5324 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5328 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16016
5330 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5332 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5334 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5335 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5336 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5338 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5340 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5342 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5343 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5344 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5347 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5348 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5349 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5356 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5357 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16162 11942))
5358 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5360 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5361 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5363 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5365 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5366 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5367 or nil if there is no parent.
5368 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5369 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5370 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5371 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5372 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5374 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5375 arguments are currently understood:
5377 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5379 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5380 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5382 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5383 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5385 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5387 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5389 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5390 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5391 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5393 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5394 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5396 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5397 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5398 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5400 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5401 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5403 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5404 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5406 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5408 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5409 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5410 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5411 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5412 the first time the mode is used.
5414 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5418 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5419 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16182 59079))
5420 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5422 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5423 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5424 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5425 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5426 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5429 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5431 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5432 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5433 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5434 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5435 character composition information (if relevant),
5436 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5442 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-load-dir desktop-change-dir
5443 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
5444 ;;;;;; (16179 10603))
5445 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5447 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5448 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
5449 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5450 Look for the desktop file according to the variables `desktop-base-file-name'
5451 and `desktop-path'. If no desktop file is found, clear the desktop.
5452 Returns t if it has read a desktop file, nil otherwise.
5456 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5457 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5458 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
5459 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.
5463 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5464 Save and clear the desktop, then load the desktop from directory DIR.
5465 However, if `desktop-enable' was nil at call, don't save the old desktop.
5466 This function always sets `desktop-enable' to t.
5470 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-load-dir) "desktop" "\
5471 Save desktop in directory from which it was loaded.
5475 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5476 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5482 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-composition-function devanagari-compose-region)
5483 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (16194 62590))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5486 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
5489 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
5491 (autoload (quote devanagari-composition-function) "devan-util" "\
5492 Compose Devanagari characters after the position POS.
5493 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
5494 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
5496 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5501 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16174 61085))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5504 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5505 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5506 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5507 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
5508 execution in a `.emacs' file.
5510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5512 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5513 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5514 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5515 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5517 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5518 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5519 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5520 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5523 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5525 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5526 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5527 european-calendar-style t \\
5528 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5529 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5530 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5532 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5533 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
5534 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5535 to run it every morning at 1am.
5537 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5539 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5540 Major mode for editing the diary file.
5546 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5547 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15763 44949))
5548 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5550 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5551 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5553 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5555 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5556 *The command to use to run diff.")
5558 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5560 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5561 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5562 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5563 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5564 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5565 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5567 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5569 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5570 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5571 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5572 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5573 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5575 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5579 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5580 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
5581 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5583 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5584 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5585 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5587 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5588 IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5589 headers for you on-the-fly.
5591 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5592 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5593 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5597 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5598 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5599 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5605 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5606 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5607 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5608 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5609 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16159 27802))
5610 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5612 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5613 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5614 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5615 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5616 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5617 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5618 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5619 `insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5621 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5623 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5624 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5626 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5627 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5628 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5629 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5630 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5632 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5633 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5635 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5636 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5637 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5638 always set this variable to t.")
5640 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5642 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5643 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5644 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5645 A value of t means move to first file.")
5647 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5649 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5650 *Controls marking of renamed files.
5651 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5652 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5653 are afterward marked with that character.")
5655 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5657 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5658 *Controls marking of copied files.
5659 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5660 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5662 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5664 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5665 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5666 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5667 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5669 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5671 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5672 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5673 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5674 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5676 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5678 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5679 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5680 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5681 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5683 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5685 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5687 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5688 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5689 \(This works on only some systems.)")
5691 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5693 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
5694 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5695 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5696 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5697 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5698 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5700 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5701 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5702 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5703 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5704 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5705 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5706 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5707 list of files to make directory entries for.
5708 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5709 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5710 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5711 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5713 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5715 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5716 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5718 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5719 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5721 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5722 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5724 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5725 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5727 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5729 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5730 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5732 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5733 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5737 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5738 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5739 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5740 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5741 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5742 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5743 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5744 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5745 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5746 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5747 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5748 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5749 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15961 24150))
5750 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5752 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5753 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5754 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5755 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5756 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5757 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5758 which is options for `diff'.
5760 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5762 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5763 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5764 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5765 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5766 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5767 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5769 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5771 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5772 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5773 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5777 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5778 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5782 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5783 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5787 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5788 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5789 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5790 `lpr-switches' as default.
5792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5794 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5795 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5796 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5797 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5798 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5800 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5801 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5803 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5804 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5805 file name substituted for `?'.
5807 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5808 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5810 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5811 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5812 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5813 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5815 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5817 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5818 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5819 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5821 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5822 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5825 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5826 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
5828 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
5830 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5831 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5832 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5833 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5834 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5835 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
5837 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
5839 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
5842 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5844 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5845 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
5847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5849 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5850 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
5852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5854 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5855 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
5857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5859 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5860 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5861 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5862 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
5864 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
5866 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
5869 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
5871 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
5874 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5876 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
5877 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
5879 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5881 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
5884 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
5886 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
5889 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
5891 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5892 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
5894 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
5896 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5897 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5898 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5899 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5900 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5901 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5902 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5903 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5904 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5908 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5909 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5910 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5911 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5912 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5913 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5914 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5915 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5919 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5920 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5921 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5922 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5923 and new hard links are made in that directory
5924 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5925 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5926 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5930 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5931 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5932 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5933 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5934 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
5935 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5936 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5940 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5941 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5943 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5944 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5945 file if none are marked.
5947 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5948 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5949 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5950 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5952 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5953 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
5955 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5957 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5958 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5959 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5961 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5963 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5964 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5965 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5967 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5969 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5970 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5971 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5973 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5975 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5976 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
5978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5980 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5981 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
5983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5985 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5986 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5987 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5988 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5989 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5990 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5992 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
5994 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
5996 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5997 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5998 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5999 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6000 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6001 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6003 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6005 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6007 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6008 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6009 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6011 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6013 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6014 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6015 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6016 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6020 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6021 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6022 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6023 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6027 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6028 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6029 Lower levels are unaffected.
6031 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6033 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6034 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6038 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6039 Go down in the dired tree.
6043 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6044 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6045 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6046 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6050 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6051 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6052 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6053 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6057 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6058 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6059 Stops when a match is found.
6060 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6062 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6064 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6065 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6066 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6067 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6068 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6070 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6072 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6073 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6074 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6075 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6077 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6081 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15997 670))
6082 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6084 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6085 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6086 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6087 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6088 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6089 buffer and try again.
6091 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6095 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (15997 5127))
6096 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6098 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6099 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6100 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6102 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6104 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6105 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6107 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6108 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6110 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6114 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16111
6116 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6118 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6119 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6120 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6121 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6122 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6123 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6125 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6129 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6130 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6131 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6132 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6133 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15941 42951))
6134 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6136 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6137 Return a new, empty display table.
6141 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6142 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6143 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6144 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6145 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6147 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6149 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6150 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6151 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6152 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6153 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6155 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6157 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6158 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6162 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6163 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6167 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6168 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6172 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6173 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6177 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6178 Display character C using printable string S.
6182 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6183 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6184 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6185 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6187 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6189 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6190 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6191 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6194 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6196 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6197 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6199 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6201 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6202 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6204 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6206 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6207 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6209 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6210 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6211 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6212 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6214 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6215 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6216 European character display.
6218 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6219 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6220 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6221 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6223 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6224 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6225 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6226 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6227 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6233 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6234 ;;;;;; (15186 43694))
6235 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6237 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6238 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6239 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6240 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6241 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6242 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6243 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15941 42963))
6251 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6253 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6254 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6260 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6261 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
6262 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6264 (defvar double-mode nil "\
6266 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6267 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6269 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6271 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6273 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6275 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6276 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6282 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15941 42963))
6283 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6285 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6286 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6292 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6293 ;;;;;; (15235 28667))
6294 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6296 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6297 Play sounds in message buffers.
6303 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6304 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6305 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16131 19792))
6306 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6308 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6310 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6311 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6312 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6313 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6315 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6316 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6317 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6318 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6319 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6320 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6321 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6322 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6325 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6326 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6327 Before the actual body code, you can write
6328 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6329 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6330 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6331 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6332 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6333 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6334 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6335 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6336 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6337 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6338 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6340 For example, you could write
6341 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6342 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6345 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6347 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6348 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6349 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6350 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6351 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6352 :group to specify the custom group.
6354 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6356 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6357 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6358 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6359 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6360 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6361 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6362 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6364 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6366 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6369 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6371 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6372 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6373 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6375 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6379 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6380 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16054
6382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6384 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6386 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6387 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6389 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6390 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6391 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6393 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6394 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6398 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
6403 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6404 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6408 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6409 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6411 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6413 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6415 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6417 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6418 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6420 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6421 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6423 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6425 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6427 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6431 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6432 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6433 computed automatically.
6434 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6438 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6440 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6441 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6442 keyboard equivalent.
6446 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6447 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6451 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6452 expression has a non-nil value.
6456 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6457 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6461 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6465 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6466 radio: A radio button.
6467 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6468 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6470 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6474 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6475 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6479 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6481 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6482 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6483 as a solid horizontal line.
6485 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6487 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6489 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6492 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6494 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6495 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6496 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6497 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6499 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6501 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6502 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6503 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6504 should contain a submenu named NAME.
6505 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6506 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6508 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6509 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6510 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6512 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6513 to implement dynamic menus.
6515 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6519 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6520 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
6521 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
6522 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6523 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15961 24154))
6524 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6526 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6527 Customization for ebnf group.
6531 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6532 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6534 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6535 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6538 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6539 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6540 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6541 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6543 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6545 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6546 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6547 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6549 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6551 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6552 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6553 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6554 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6556 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6560 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6561 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6562 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6564 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6566 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6568 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6569 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6571 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6572 The EPS file name has the following form:
6574 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6576 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6577 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6579 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6580 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6581 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6582 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6584 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6588 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6589 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6591 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6592 The EPS file name has the following form:
6594 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6596 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6597 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6599 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6600 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6601 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6602 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6604 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6606 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6608 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6610 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6611 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6615 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6616 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6618 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6620 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6621 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6625 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6626 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6628 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6630 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6631 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6633 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6635 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6636 Set STYLE to current style.
6638 It returns the old style symbol.
6642 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6643 Reset current style.
6645 It returns the old style symbol.
6647 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6649 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6650 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
6652 It returns the old style symbol.
6654 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6656 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6657 Pop a style and set it to current style.
6659 It returns the old style symbol.
6665 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6666 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6667 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6668 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
6669 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
6670 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15961 24154))
6671 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6673 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6674 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6675 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6676 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6677 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6678 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6680 Tree mode key bindings:
6681 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6685 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6686 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6690 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6691 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6692 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6693 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6696 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6698 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6699 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6700 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6701 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6703 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6705 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6706 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6707 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6709 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6711 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6712 Search for call sites of a member.
6713 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6714 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6715 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6716 looks like a function call to the member.
6718 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6720 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6721 Move backward in the position stack.
6722 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6726 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6727 Move forward in the position stack.
6728 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6732 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6733 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6737 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6738 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
6742 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
6743 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
6744 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
6745 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
6747 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
6749 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
6750 Display statistics for a class tree.
6756 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
6758 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
6760 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
6761 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
6762 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
6763 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
6765 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
6766 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
6767 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
6769 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
6770 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
6771 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
6773 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
6775 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
6781 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
6782 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15941 42951))
6783 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
6785 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
6786 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
6787 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
6789 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
6793 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
6794 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16111 41828))
6795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
6797 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
6798 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
6799 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
6800 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
6801 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
6803 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
6804 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
6805 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
6806 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
6808 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
6810 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
6811 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
6812 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
6813 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
6815 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
6817 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
6818 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
6819 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
6820 \(naming a function), or a list.
6822 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
6824 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
6826 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
6827 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
6828 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
6829 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
6830 using `eval-expression' (which see).
6832 If you do this on a function definition
6833 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
6834 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
6835 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
6836 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
6838 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
6839 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
6840 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
6841 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
6848 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
6849 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
6850 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
6851 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
6852 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
6853 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
6854 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
6855 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
6856 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
6857 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16111 41824))
6858 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
6860 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
6861 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
6863 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6865 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
6866 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
6868 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6870 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
6872 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
6874 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
6875 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
6876 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6877 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
6881 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
6882 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
6884 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
6886 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
6888 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
6889 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
6891 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
6893 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
6895 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
6896 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
6897 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
6898 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6900 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
6902 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
6904 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6905 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
6906 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6907 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6909 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
6911 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
6913 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
6914 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
6915 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
6916 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6918 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
6920 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
6922 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
6923 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
6924 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
6925 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6927 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6929 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
6931 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6932 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
6933 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
6934 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
6935 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
6936 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
6938 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6940 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
6941 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
6942 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6943 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6945 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6947 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
6949 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
6950 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
6951 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
6952 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
6954 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
6956 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
6958 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
6960 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6961 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
6962 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6964 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6965 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
6967 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6969 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
6970 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
6971 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
6973 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
6974 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
6976 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6978 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
6979 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6980 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6981 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6982 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6984 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
6985 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
6987 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
6989 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
6990 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
6991 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
6992 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
6993 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
6995 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
6996 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
6997 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
6999 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7001 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7003 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7004 Merge two files without ancestor.
7006 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7008 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7009 Merge two files with ancestor.
7011 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7013 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7015 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7016 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7018 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7020 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7021 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7023 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7025 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7026 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7027 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7030 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7032 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7033 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7034 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7037 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7039 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7040 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7041 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7042 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7046 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7047 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7048 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7049 and don't ask the user.
7050 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7051 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7053 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7055 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7056 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7057 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7058 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7059 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7060 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7062 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7064 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7066 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7068 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7069 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7070 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7071 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7072 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7074 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7076 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7078 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7079 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7080 When called interactively, displays the version.
7084 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7085 Display Ediff's manual.
7086 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7088 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7092 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7093 ;;;;;; (15941 42951))
7094 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7096 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15941 42951))
7104 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7106 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7107 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7109 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7111 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7115 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7116 ;;;;;; (16111 41824))
7117 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7119 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7120 Display Ediff's registry.
7124 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7128 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7129 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16111 41824))
7130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7132 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7133 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7134 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7139 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7140 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7141 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7142 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7148 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7149 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7150 ;;;;;; (15941 42952))
7151 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7153 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7154 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7155 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7157 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7158 Edit a keyboard macro.
7159 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7160 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7161 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7163 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7165 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7167 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7168 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7170 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7172 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7173 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7175 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7177 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7178 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7179 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7180 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7181 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7182 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7184 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7185 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7186 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7187 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7189 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7191 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7192 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7193 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7194 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7195 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7196 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7198 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7202 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7203 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15941 42958))
7204 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7206 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7208 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7209 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7211 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7213 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7214 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7220 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7221 ;;;;;; (16139 21083))
7222 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7224 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7225 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7226 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7227 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7228 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7229 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7230 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7231 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7233 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7234 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7236 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7237 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7238 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7239 this value is non-nil.
7241 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7242 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7243 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7245 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7246 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7247 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7249 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7251 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7254 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7258 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7259 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16066 53440))
7260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7262 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7263 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7265 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7267 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7268 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7269 Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7271 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7272 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7273 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7274 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7275 from the documentation string if possible.
7277 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7280 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7284 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7285 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7291 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15829
7293 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7295 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7296 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7298 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7299 an elided material again.
7301 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7307 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7308 ;;;;;; (15829 28908))
7309 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7311 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7318 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7319 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15407
7321 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7323 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7324 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7325 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7327 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7329 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7330 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7331 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7333 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7335 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7336 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7337 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7339 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7341 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7343 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7344 Display current profiling results.
7345 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7346 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7353 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7354 ;;;;;; (15678 51470))
7355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7357 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7358 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7359 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7361 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7365 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7366 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7367 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7368 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7369 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16174 61084))
7370 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7372 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7373 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7374 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7375 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7376 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7377 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7378 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7379 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7380 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7381 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7382 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7383 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7384 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7385 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7386 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7387 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7389 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7390 Run Emerge on two files.
7392 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7394 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7395 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7397 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7399 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7400 Run Emerge on two buffers.
7402 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7404 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7405 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7407 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7409 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7414 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7419 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7422 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7424 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7427 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7429 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7430 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7432 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7434 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7435 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7437 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7439 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7442 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7446 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7447 ;;;;;; (16179 34394))
7448 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7450 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7451 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7452 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7453 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7454 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7456 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7458 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7459 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7460 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7462 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7463 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7466 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7467 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7468 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7474 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7475 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16162 11943))
7476 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7478 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7479 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7480 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7481 text/enriched format.
7482 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7484 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7485 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7489 \\{enriched-mode-map}
7491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7493 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7496 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7498 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7501 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7505 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16179
7507 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7509 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7510 Emacs shell interactive mode.
7518 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15472
7520 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7522 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7523 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7529 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7530 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16070 35808))
7531 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7533 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7534 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7535 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7536 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7537 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7538 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7539 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7540 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7541 buffer selected (or created).
7543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7545 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7546 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7547 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7549 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7551 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7552 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7553 The result might be any Lisp object.
7554 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7555 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7556 corresponding to a successful execution.
7558 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7560 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7561 Report a bug in Eshell.
7562 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7563 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7569 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7570 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7571 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7572 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7573 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7574 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7575 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16148
7577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7579 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7580 *File name of tags table.
7581 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7582 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7583 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7584 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7586 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7587 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7588 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7589 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7591 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7593 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7594 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
7595 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7596 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7597 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7598 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7600 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7602 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7603 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7604 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7605 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7606 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7607 `auto-compression-mode').")
7609 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7611 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7612 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7613 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7614 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7615 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7617 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7619 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7620 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7621 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7622 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7624 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7626 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7627 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7628 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7629 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7630 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7632 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7634 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7635 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7636 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7637 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7639 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7640 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7641 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7642 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7643 file the tag was in.
7645 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7647 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7648 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7649 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7650 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7651 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7652 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7653 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7654 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7655 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7657 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7659 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7660 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7661 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7662 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7663 without directory names.
7667 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7668 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7669 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7670 but does not select the buffer.
7671 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7673 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7674 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7675 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7676 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7677 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7679 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7681 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7682 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7683 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7685 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7687 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7689 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7690 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7691 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7692 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7694 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7695 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7696 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7697 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7698 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7700 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7702 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7703 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7704 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7706 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7708 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7709 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7711 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7712 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7713 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7714 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7715 around or before point.
7717 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7718 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7719 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7720 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7721 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7723 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7725 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7726 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7727 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7729 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7731 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7732 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7734 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7735 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7736 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7737 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7738 around or before point.
7740 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7741 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7742 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7743 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7744 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7746 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7748 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7749 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7750 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7752 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7754 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
7755 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
7757 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
7758 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
7759 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
7761 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7762 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7763 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7764 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7765 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7767 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
7769 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7770 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7771 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7773 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7775 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7776 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
7777 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
7779 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
7780 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
7782 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
7783 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
7784 where they were found.
7788 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
7789 Select next file among files in current tags table.
7791 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
7792 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
7793 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
7795 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
7796 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
7798 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
7799 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
7801 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
7803 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
7804 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
7805 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
7806 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
7808 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
7809 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
7810 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
7811 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
7812 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
7814 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
7815 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
7817 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
7818 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
7819 Stops when a match is found.
7820 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7822 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7824 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
7826 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
7827 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
7828 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7829 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7830 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7832 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7834 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
7836 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
7837 Display list of tags in file FILE.
7838 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
7839 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
7840 directory specification.
7842 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
7844 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
7845 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
7847 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7849 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
7850 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
7851 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
7852 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
7856 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
7857 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
7858 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
7859 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
7860 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
7866 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
7867 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
7868 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
7869 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
7870 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
7871 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
7872 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
7873 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16118 44435))
7874 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
7876 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
7881 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
7882 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
7883 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
7884 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7886 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
7887 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
7890 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
7891 even if the buffer is read-only.
7893 See also the descriptions of the variables
7894 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
7895 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
7897 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7899 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
7900 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
7902 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7903 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7905 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
7906 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
7909 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
7910 buffer is read-only.
7912 See also the descriptions of the variables
7913 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
7914 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
7916 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7918 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7919 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
7920 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
7922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7924 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
7925 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
7927 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
7928 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
7930 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
7931 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
7933 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7935 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7936 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
7937 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
7938 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
7940 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
7942 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
7943 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
7944 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7945 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7947 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
7948 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
7949 the primary language.
7951 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
7952 buffer is read-only.
7954 See also the descriptions of the variables
7955 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
7956 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
7958 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7960 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
7961 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
7962 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
7963 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
7965 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
7966 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
7969 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
7970 buffer is read-only.
7972 See also the descriptions of the variables
7973 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
7974 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
7976 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
7978 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7979 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
7980 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
7982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7984 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
7985 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
7987 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
7988 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
7989 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
7990 3) convert the body into SERA.
7992 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
7996 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
7997 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
7998 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8000 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8002 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8003 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8007 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8008 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8010 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8011 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8014 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8015 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8016 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8018 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8020 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8022 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8023 Allow the user to input special characters.
8027 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8028 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8029 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8033 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8034 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8038 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8039 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8041 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8042 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8044 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8045 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8049 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8050 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8054 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8055 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.
8059 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8060 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8066 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8067 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8068 ;;;;;; (15829 28909))
8069 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8071 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8072 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8073 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8074 server for future sessions.
8076 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8078 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8079 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8083 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8084 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8088 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8089 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8090 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8091 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8092 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8093 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8094 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8095 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8096 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8097 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8098 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8099 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8101 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8103 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8104 Display a form to query the directory server.
8105 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8106 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8108 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8110 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8111 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8112 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8116 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8120 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8121 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8122 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15429 17608))
8123 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8125 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8126 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8128 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8130 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8131 Display URL and make it clickable.
8135 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8136 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8138 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8140 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8141 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8143 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8145 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8146 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8148 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8150 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8151 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8153 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8157 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8158 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15429 17608))
8159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8161 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8162 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8163 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8167 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8168 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8174 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8175 ;;;;;; (15429 17608))
8176 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8178 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8179 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8185 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8186 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
8187 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (16111 41832))
8188 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8190 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8191 Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8192 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8194 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8196 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8197 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8198 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8199 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8200 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8203 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8205 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8206 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8207 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8211 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8212 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8213 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8220 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8221 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15364 46020))
8222 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8224 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8225 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8226 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8227 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8229 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8231 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8232 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8233 to generate such functions.
8235 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8236 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8237 beginning of the expanded text.
8239 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8240 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8241 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8242 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8244 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8246 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8248 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8249 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8250 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8254 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8255 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8256 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8259 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8260 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8264 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16054 60750))
8265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8267 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8268 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8269 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8271 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8272 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8273 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8275 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8280 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8283 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8285 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8287 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8288 `f90-program-indent'
8289 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8291 `f90-continuation-indent'
8292 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8293 `f90-comment-region'
8294 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8295 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8296 `f90-indented-comment-re'
8297 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8299 `f90-directive-comment-re'
8300 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8301 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8302 `f90-break-delimiters'
8303 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8304 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8305 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
8306 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8308 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
8309 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8311 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8312 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8313 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8314 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
8315 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8316 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8318 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8320 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8322 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8323 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8329 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8330 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8331 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8332 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8333 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15941 42952))
8334 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8335 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8336 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8338 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8339 Menu keymap for faces.")
8341 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8343 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8344 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8346 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8348 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8349 Menu keymap for background colors.")
8351 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8353 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8354 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8356 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8358 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8359 Submenu for text justification commands.")
8361 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8363 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8364 Submenu for indentation commands.")
8366 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8368 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8369 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8371 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8373 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8375 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8377 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8379 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8380 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8381 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8382 will not show through at all will be removed.
8384 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8386 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8387 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8390 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8391 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8392 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8394 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8396 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8397 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8398 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8400 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8401 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8404 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8405 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8406 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8408 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8410 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8411 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8412 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8414 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8415 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8418 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8419 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8420 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8422 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8424 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8425 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8426 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8427 is the menu item's name.
8429 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8430 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8433 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8434 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8435 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8437 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8439 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8440 Make the region invisible.
8441 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8442 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8444 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8446 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8447 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8448 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8449 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8451 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8453 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8454 Make the region unmodifiable.
8455 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8456 `facemenu-remove-special'.
8458 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8460 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8461 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8463 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8465 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8466 Remove all text properties from the region.
8468 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8470 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8471 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8472 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8474 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8476 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8477 Read a color using the minibuffer.
8479 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8481 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8482 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8483 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8484 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8485 of colors that the current display can handle.
8487 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8491 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8492 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15941 42952))
8493 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8495 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8496 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8497 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8498 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8500 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8502 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8503 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8504 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8506 Font Lock caches may be saved:
8507 - When you save the file's buffer.
8508 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8509 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8510 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8511 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8513 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8515 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8516 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8517 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8518 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8522 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8523 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8527 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8531 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8532 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8533 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15856 53274))
8534 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8536 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8537 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8538 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8539 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8543 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8544 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8548 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8549 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8550 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8551 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8555 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8556 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8557 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8558 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8559 backup file names and the like).
8561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8563 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8564 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8565 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8566 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8567 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8568 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8569 internally by feedmail):
8571 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8572 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8573 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8574 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8576 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8577 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8578 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8579 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8580 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8582 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8586 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8587 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15997 671))
8588 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8590 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8591 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8592 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8593 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8594 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8595 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8596 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8598 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8600 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8601 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8602 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8603 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8604 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8605 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8606 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8608 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8610 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8612 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8614 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8615 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8616 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8617 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8618 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8619 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8621 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8623 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8624 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8625 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8627 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8628 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8633 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8634 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8636 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8638 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8639 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8645 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8646 ;;;;;; (15997 5128))
8647 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8649 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8650 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8651 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8652 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8653 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8654 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8655 \(directories) is done.
8658 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8659 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8660 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8664 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8665 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15941 42952))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8668 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8669 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8670 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8671 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8672 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8674 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8676 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8677 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8678 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8679 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8681 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8683 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8684 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8685 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8687 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8689 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8690 as the final argument.
8692 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8694 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8695 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8696 and run dired on those files.
8697 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8698 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8700 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8702 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8704 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8705 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8706 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8708 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8710 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8712 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8716 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8717 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8718 ;;;;;; (16111 41825))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8721 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8722 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8723 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8725 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8727 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8729 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8731 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8732 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8733 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8735 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8736 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
8738 Variables of interest include:
8740 - `ff-case-fold-search'
8741 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
8742 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
8744 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
8745 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
8746 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
8748 - `ff-ignore-include'
8749 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
8751 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
8752 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
8755 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
8757 - `ff-special-constructs'
8758 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
8759 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
8760 extracting the filename from that construct.
8762 - `ff-other-file-alist'
8763 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
8765 - `ff-search-directories'
8766 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
8767 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
8769 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
8770 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
8772 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
8773 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
8775 - `ff-post-load-hook'
8776 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
8778 - `ff-not-found-hook'
8779 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
8781 - `ff-file-created-hook'
8782 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
8784 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
8786 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8787 Visit the file you click on.
8791 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
8792 Visit the file you click on in another window.
8798 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
8799 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
8800 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
8801 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
8802 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
8803 ;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16111 41828))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
8806 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
8807 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
8809 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
8811 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
8813 If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
8814 `find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
8816 \(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
8818 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
8819 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
8821 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
8822 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
8825 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
8826 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
8829 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
8831 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
8832 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
8834 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
8835 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
8836 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
8837 it is one of the current buffers.
8839 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
8840 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8841 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
8843 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8845 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
8846 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
8848 See `find-function' for more details.
8850 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8852 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
8853 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
8855 See `find-function' for more details.
8857 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
8859 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
8860 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
8862 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
8863 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
8866 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
8867 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8869 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
8871 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
8872 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
8874 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
8875 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
8876 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
8877 it is one of the current buffers.
8879 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
8880 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
8881 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
8883 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8885 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
8886 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
8888 See `find-variable' for more details.
8890 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8892 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
8893 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
8895 See `find-variable' for more details.
8897 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
8899 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
8900 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
8901 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
8905 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
8906 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
8910 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
8911 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
8915 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
8916 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
8922 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
8923 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15188 556))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
8926 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
8927 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
8929 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8931 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
8932 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
8936 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
8937 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
8939 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8943 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
8944 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15924 18767))
8945 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
8947 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
8948 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
8952 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
8953 Display FILE's commentary section.
8954 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
8958 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
8959 Find packages matching a given keyword.
8965 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
8966 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (15941 42952))
8967 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
8969 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
8970 Toggle flow control handling.
8971 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
8972 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
8974 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
8976 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
8977 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
8978 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
8979 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
8980 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
8981 to get the effect of a C-q.
8983 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
8987 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
8988 ;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
8989 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15589 6175))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
8992 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
8993 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
8994 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
8996 (custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
8998 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
8999 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9003 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9005 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9007 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9008 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9009 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9010 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9011 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9012 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9015 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9016 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9017 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9020 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9023 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9024 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9025 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9027 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9029 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9030 in your .emacs file.
9032 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9033 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9037 (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9039 (autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9040 The flyspell version
9044 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9045 Turn Flyspell mode off.
9049 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9050 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9052 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9054 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9055 Flyspell whole buffer.
9061 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9062 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9063 ;;;;;; (15856 53268))
9064 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9066 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9067 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9071 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9072 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9076 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9077 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9079 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9080 of two major techniques:
9082 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9083 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9084 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9086 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9087 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9088 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9091 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9092 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9093 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9094 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9095 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9098 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9099 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9101 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9103 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9104 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9105 \(This is the default.)
9107 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9108 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9110 Keys specific to Follow mode:
9115 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9116 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9118 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9119 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9120 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9121 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9122 two windows always will display two successive pages.
9123 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9125 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9126 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9127 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9129 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9130 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9131 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9133 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9137 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9138 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9139 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16179 10735))
9140 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9142 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9147 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9148 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9149 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9150 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9151 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9152 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9153 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9154 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9155 end of the current highlighting list.
9159 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9160 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9161 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9163 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9164 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9166 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9167 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9168 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9170 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9171 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9172 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9174 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9176 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9177 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9179 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9180 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9182 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9183 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9184 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9186 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9188 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9189 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15941
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9199 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9200 Toggle footnote minor mode.
9201 \\<message-mode-map>
9205 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9206 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9207 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9208 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9209 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9210 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9216 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9217 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16111 41825))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9220 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9221 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9223 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9224 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9225 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9226 C-c < forms-first-record <
9227 C-c > forms-last-record >
9228 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9229 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9230 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9231 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9232 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9233 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9234 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9235 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9236 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9237 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9239 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9241 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9242 Visit a file in Forms mode.
9246 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9247 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9253 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9254 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16131 19793))
9255 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9257 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9258 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9259 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9260 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9261 with a character in column 6.")
9263 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9265 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9266 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9267 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9269 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9270 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9272 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9275 \\{fortran-mode-map}
9277 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9280 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9282 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9284 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9285 `fortran-structure-indent'
9286 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9288 `fortran-continuation-indent'
9289 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9290 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9291 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9292 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
9293 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9294 nil don't change the indentation
9295 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9297 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9298 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9299 depending on the continuation format in use.
9300 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9301 indentation for a line of code.
9303 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
9304 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9305 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9306 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9307 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9308 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9309 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9310 `fortran-line-number-indent'
9311 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9312 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9314 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9315 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9316 statements (default nil).
9317 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
9318 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9319 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9320 `fortran-continuation-string'
9321 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9322 line (default \"$\").
9323 `fortran-comment-region'
9324 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9325 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9326 `fortran-electric-line-number'
9327 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9328 as typed (default t).
9329 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9330 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9332 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9333 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9339 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9340 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15941 42963))
9341 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9343 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9344 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9346 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9347 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9349 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9351 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9352 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9354 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9355 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9357 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9359 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9360 Compile fortune file.
9362 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9363 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9365 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9367 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9368 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9370 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9371 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9372 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9373 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9375 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9377 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9378 Display a fortune cookie.
9380 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9381 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9382 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9383 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9385 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9389 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9390 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (15997 671))
9391 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9393 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9394 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9395 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9396 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9397 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9398 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9399 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9401 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9402 it take real effect.
9403 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9404 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9405 you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9407 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9409 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9410 Toggle appearance of fringes on all frames.
9411 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9412 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9413 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9414 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9415 specified, the user is queried.
9416 It applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the
9418 If you want to set appearance of fringes on the selected frame only,
9419 see `set-fringe-style'.
9421 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9423 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9424 Set appearance of fringes on selected frame.
9425 Valid values for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only',
9426 `right-only', `minimal' and `half'. MODE can also be a cons cell
9427 where the integer in car will be used as left fringe width and the
9428 integer in cdr will be used as right fringe width. If MODE is not
9429 specified, the user is queried.
9430 If you want to set appearance of fringes on all frames, see `fringe-mode'.
9432 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9436 ;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "gdb-ui.el" (16167 21090))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gdb-ui.el
9439 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9440 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9441 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9442 and source-file directory for your debugger.
9444 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb starts with
9445 just two windows : the GUD and the source buffer. If it is t the
9446 following layout will appear (keybindings given in relevant buffer) :
9448 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9450 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9451 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9455 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9456 Source buffer | Input/Output (of debuggee) buffer
9464 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9465 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9466 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9467 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9468 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9469 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
9471 All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9472 window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9473 icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9476 This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9479 Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9480 as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9481 Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9483 The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9485 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9486 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9487 `gdb-quit' - To delete (most) of the buffers used by GDB-UI and
9490 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9494 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9496 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9498 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9499 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9501 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9502 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9504 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9505 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9508 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9509 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9510 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9511 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9512 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9513 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9515 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9516 Each keyword should be a string.
9518 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9519 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
9521 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9522 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9523 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9525 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9527 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9529 \(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9531 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9532 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9533 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9534 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9536 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9537 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9543 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9544 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
9545 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9547 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9548 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9549 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9550 at places they belong to.
9552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9556 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9557 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15941 42960))
9558 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9560 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9561 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9565 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9567 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9568 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9569 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9570 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9571 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9573 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9575 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9576 Read news as a slave.
9578 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9580 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9581 Pop up a frame to read news.
9583 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9585 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9587 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9588 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9589 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9591 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9595 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9596 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9597 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
9598 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9600 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9601 Start Gnus unplugged.
9605 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9610 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9611 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9612 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9613 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9617 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9618 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9619 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9623 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9624 Start Gnus and fetch session.
9628 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9635 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9636 ;;;;;; (16066 53440))
9637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9639 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9640 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9646 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9647 ;;;;;; (15186 43688))
9648 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9650 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9651 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9657 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9658 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (15941
9660 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9662 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9663 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9666 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9670 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9671 Generate the cache active file.
9673 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9675 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9676 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9682 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9683 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16131 19792))
9684 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9686 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9687 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9688 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9692 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9693 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9699 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9700 ;;;;;; (14813 33717))
9701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9703 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9705 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9706 Run batched scoring.
9707 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9713 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9714 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15941 42960))
9715 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9717 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9722 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9723 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9725 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9731 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9732 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9733 ;;;;;; (15856 53273))
9734 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9736 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9737 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
9738 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
9739 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
9742 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
9743 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
9744 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
9745 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
9747 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
9748 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
9749 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
9750 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
9751 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
9752 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
9753 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
9754 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
9755 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
9756 gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
9758 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9760 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9761 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
9762 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
9764 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
9765 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
9767 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9769 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9770 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9771 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
9773 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
9777 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9778 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9779 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
9781 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
9783 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
9784 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
9785 existing groups are considered.
9787 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
9788 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
9791 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
9792 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
9793 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
9794 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
9795 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
9796 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
9797 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
9798 clauses will be generated.
9800 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
9801 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
9802 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
9803 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
9804 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
9805 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
9807 For example, given the following group parameters:
9810 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
9811 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
9813 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
9814 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
9815 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
9816 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
9818 \((split-spec . catch-all))
9820 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
9822 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
9824 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
9825 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
9828 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
9832 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
9833 ;;;;;; (14792 28984))
9834 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
9836 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
9837 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
9838 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
9840 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
9844 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15941
9846 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
9848 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
9849 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
9850 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
9851 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
9853 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
9855 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
9859 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
9860 ;;;;;; (15856 53273))
9861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
9863 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
9864 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
9865 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
9866 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
9869 This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
9870 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
9871 rather than using this function.
9873 \(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
9877 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
9878 ;;;;;; (14792 28985))
9879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
9881 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
9882 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
9883 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
9884 for matching on group names.
9886 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
9887 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
9889 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
9891 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
9897 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
9898 ;;;;;; (14870 42286))
9899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
9901 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
9902 Update the format specification near point.
9908 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
9909 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16179 17130))
9910 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
9912 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
9913 Unload all Gnus features.
9914 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
9915 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
9916 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
9920 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
9921 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
9923 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
9927 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
9928 ;;;;;; (15856 53274))
9929 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
9931 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
9932 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
9934 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
9938 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16027 27252))
9939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
9941 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
9942 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
9944 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
9945 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
9946 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
9948 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
9949 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
9950 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
9952 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
9953 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
9955 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
9956 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
9958 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
9960 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
9964 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
9965 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16111 41831))
9966 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
9968 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
9969 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
9970 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
9971 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
9972 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
9976 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
9977 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
9978 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
9979 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
9980 there, then load the URL at or before point.
9984 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
9985 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
9986 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
9988 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
9990 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
9991 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
9997 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15289 33013))
9998 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10000 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10001 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10002 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10003 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10004 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10006 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10010 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10011 ;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16165 36290))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10014 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10015 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10016 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10017 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10019 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10021 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10022 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10023 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10024 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10026 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10028 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10029 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10030 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10031 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10033 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10035 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10036 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10037 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10038 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10040 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10041 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10043 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10045 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10046 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10047 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10048 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10050 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10052 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10053 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10054 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10055 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10057 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10059 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10060 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10061 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10062 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10063 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10065 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10066 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10067 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10068 original source file access method.
10070 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10071 gud, see `gud-mode'.
10073 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10075 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10076 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10077 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10078 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10080 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10081 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10083 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10085 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10086 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10092 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15941
10094 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10096 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10097 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10098 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10099 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10101 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10102 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10103 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10104 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10110 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10111 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
10112 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10114 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10115 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10117 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10119 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10120 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10121 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10122 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10124 Repent before ring 31 moves.
10128 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10129 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10130 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10131 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10138 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10139 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10140 ;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16070 35806))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10143 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10144 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10145 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10146 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10147 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10148 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10150 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10152 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10153 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10154 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10155 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10156 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10157 to the specified name LIBRARY.
10159 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10160 is used instead of `load-path'.
10162 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10163 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10164 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10166 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10168 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10169 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10171 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10173 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10176 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10178 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10179 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10180 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10184 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10185 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10186 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10187 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10188 it is displayed along with the global value.
10190 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10192 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10193 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10194 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10195 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10197 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10199 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10200 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10201 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10203 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10208 ;;;;;; (15961 24150))
10209 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10211 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
10212 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10213 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10214 and window listing and describing the options.
10215 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10216 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10218 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10222 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10223 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10224 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16054 60746))
10225 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10227 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10228 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10229 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10235 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10240 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10245 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10246 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10248 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10249 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10250 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10251 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10253 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10254 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10255 restore it properly when going back.
10257 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10259 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10260 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10262 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10263 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10264 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10265 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10266 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10268 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10269 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10270 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10271 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10273 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10274 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10277 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10279 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10280 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10281 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10282 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10283 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10284 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10286 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10288 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10289 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10290 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10291 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10292 See `help-make-xrefs'.
10294 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10296 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10297 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10299 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10303 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10304 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15961 24152))
10305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10307 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10308 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10312 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10313 Provide help for current mode.
10319 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10320 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16054 60746))
10321 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10323 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10324 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10325 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10326 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10327 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10329 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10330 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10332 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10333 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10334 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10335 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10337 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10338 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10341 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10346 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10347 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10348 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10349 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10350 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10351 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10352 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10353 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10354 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10355 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10356 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10357 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10358 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10359 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10360 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10362 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10363 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10364 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10366 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10369 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10371 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10372 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10373 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10375 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10376 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10377 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10379 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10380 into the buffer at the current point.
10382 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10383 into the buffer at the current point.
10385 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10386 into the buffer at the current point.
10388 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10390 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10391 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10393 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10395 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10397 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10399 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10400 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10401 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10403 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10405 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10406 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10407 This discards the buffer's undo information.
10413 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10414 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10415 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15941
10417 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10419 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10420 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10422 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10424 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10425 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10427 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10428 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10429 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10430 which can be called interactively, are:
10432 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10433 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10435 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10436 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10437 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10438 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10440 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10441 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10443 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10444 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10446 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10447 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10448 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10449 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10450 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10451 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10453 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10454 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10456 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10457 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10459 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10460 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10461 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10464 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10468 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10470 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10471 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10473 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10474 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10475 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10476 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10478 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10480 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10482 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10483 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10485 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10486 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10487 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10488 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10490 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10492 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10494 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10495 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10497 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10498 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10500 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10502 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10504 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10505 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10507 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10508 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10509 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10510 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10511 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10513 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10515 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10516 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10518 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10519 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10520 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10526 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10527 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15941 42965))
10528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10530 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10531 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10532 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10533 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10534 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10535 how the hiding is done:
10538 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10539 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10542 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10543 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10544 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10545 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10546 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10549 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10550 #endif lines when hiding.
10552 `hide-ifdef-initially'
10553 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10556 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
10557 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10558 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10560 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10564 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10565 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10567 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10569 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10570 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10572 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10574 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10575 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10577 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10581 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10582 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16162 11943))
10583 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10585 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10586 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10588 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10590 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10591 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10592 Each element has the form
10593 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10595 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10596 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10598 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10599 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10601 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10602 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10603 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10604 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10605 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10606 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10608 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
10609 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
10611 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
10612 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
10614 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
10615 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
10616 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
10618 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
10619 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
10620 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10621 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
10622 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
10623 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
10625 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
10626 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
10627 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
10629 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
10630 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
10632 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
10635 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
10637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
10642 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
10643 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
10644 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15941 42952))
10645 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
10647 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
10649 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
10650 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
10651 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
10653 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10655 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
10656 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
10658 Without an argument:
10659 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
10660 or passive state as determined by the variable
10661 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
10664 With an argument ARG:
10665 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
10666 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
10667 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
10669 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
10670 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
10671 not displayed in a different face.
10674 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
10675 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
10676 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
10677 buffer with the contents of a file
10678 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
10679 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
10683 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
10684 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
10685 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
10687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10689 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10690 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10694 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
10695 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
10699 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
10700 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
10702 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
10703 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
10704 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
10705 shown in the last face in the list.
10707 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
10708 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
10709 buffer to be saved):
10711 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
10715 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
10716 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
10718 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
10719 and must not be read-only.
10721 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
10722 this function is called interactively.
10724 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
10725 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
10726 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
10728 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
10729 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
10730 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
10732 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
10734 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
10735 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
10737 When called interactively:
10738 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
10739 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
10740 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
10741 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
10743 When called from a program:
10744 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
10745 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
10746 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
10747 - otherwise just turn it on
10749 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
10750 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
10751 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
10752 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
10754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10758 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
10759 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
10760 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
10761 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
10762 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15941 42952))
10763 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
10765 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
10766 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
10767 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
10768 or insert functions in this list.")
10770 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
10772 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
10773 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
10775 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
10777 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
10778 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
10780 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
10782 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
10783 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
10785 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
10787 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
10788 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
10790 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
10792 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
10793 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
10794 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
10796 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
10798 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
10799 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
10800 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
10803 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
10805 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
10806 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
10807 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
10808 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
10809 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
10811 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
10813 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
10814 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
10815 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
10816 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
10817 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
10819 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
10820 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
10821 undoes the expansion.
10825 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
10826 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
10827 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
10828 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
10830 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
10834 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
10835 ;;;;;; (16072 11522))
10836 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
10838 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
10839 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
10840 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10842 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
10843 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
10844 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
10845 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
10846 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
10848 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
10849 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
10850 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
10851 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
10853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10855 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
10856 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
10857 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10858 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10859 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
10861 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
10863 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
10864 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
10865 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
10867 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
10868 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
10870 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10874 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
10875 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
10876 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
10878 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
10879 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
10880 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10882 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
10884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10886 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
10887 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
10889 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
10890 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
10892 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
10894 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
10898 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
10899 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (15941 42963))
10900 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
10902 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
10903 This function is obsolete.
10904 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10905 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10909 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
10910 This function is obsolete.
10911 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10912 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10914 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10916 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
10917 This function is obsolete.
10918 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
10919 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
10921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10925 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
10926 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
10927 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
10928 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
10929 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
10930 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
10931 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
10932 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
10933 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
10934 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
10935 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
10936 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
10937 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
10938 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
10939 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
10940 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
10941 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
10942 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
10943 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
10944 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
10945 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
10946 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16136 53054))
10947 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
10949 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10950 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
10951 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
10953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10955 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10956 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
10958 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
10961 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
10963 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
10965 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10966 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
10968 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10970 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10971 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
10975 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10976 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
10978 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
10980 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
10981 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
10983 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
10984 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
10985 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
10986 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
10987 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
10988 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
10989 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
10990 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
10991 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
10992 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
10993 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
10994 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
10996 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
10999 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11001 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11002 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11006 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11007 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11011 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11012 Remove the first filter group.
11016 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11017 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11019 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11021 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11022 Remove all filter groups.
11026 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11027 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11031 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11032 Kill the filter group named NAME.
11033 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11037 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11038 Kill the filter group at point.
11039 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11043 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11044 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11048 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11049 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11053 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11054 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11055 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11056 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11058 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11060 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11061 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11062 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11066 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11067 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11068 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11069 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11070 of replacing the current filters.
11074 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11075 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11079 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11080 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11084 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11085 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11087 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11088 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11089 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11094 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11098 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11099 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11103 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11104 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11105 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11108 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11110 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11111 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11112 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11114 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11116 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11117 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11121 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11122 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11126 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11127 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11128 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11129 of replacing the current filters.
11132 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11133 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11134 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11135 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11136 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11137 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11138 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11139 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11141 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11142 Toggle the current sorting mode.
11143 Default sorting modes are:
11144 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11145 Name - the name of the buffer
11146 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11147 Size - the size of the buffer
11151 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11152 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11155 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11156 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11157 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11158 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11160 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11161 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11165 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11166 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11167 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11168 for this Ibuffer session.
11170 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11172 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11173 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11174 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11175 for this Ibuffer session.
11177 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11179 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11180 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11182 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11183 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11185 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11186 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11188 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11190 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11191 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11193 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11194 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11196 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11198 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11199 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11203 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11204 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11208 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11209 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11210 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11214 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11215 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11217 The names are separated by a space.
11218 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11220 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11221 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11222 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11223 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11225 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11229 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11230 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11232 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11234 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11235 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11237 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11239 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11240 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11242 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11244 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11245 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11249 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11250 Mark all modified buffers.
11254 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11255 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11259 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11260 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11265 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11269 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11270 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11274 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11275 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11279 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11280 Mark all read-only buffers.
11284 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11285 Mark all `dired' buffers.
11289 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11290 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11291 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11294 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11298 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11299 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16111
11301 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11303 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11304 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11306 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11307 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11308 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11310 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11311 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11312 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11313 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11314 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11315 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11317 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11318 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11319 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11320 change its definition, you should explicitly call
11321 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11323 \(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11325 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11326 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11327 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11328 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11329 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11331 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11332 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11333 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11335 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11337 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11338 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11339 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11340 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11341 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11342 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11344 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11345 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11346 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11347 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11348 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11349 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11350 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11351 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11353 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11354 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11355 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11356 buffer's modification flag.
11357 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11358 prompted before performing this operation.
11359 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11360 operation is complete, in the form:
11361 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11362 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11363 confirmation message, in the form:
11364 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11365 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11366 macro for exactly what it does.
11368 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11370 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11371 Define a filter named NAME.
11372 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11373 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11374 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11376 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11377 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11378 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11379 bound to the current value of the filter.
11381 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11385 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11386 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16136 53054))
11387 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11389 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11390 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11391 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11392 buffers which are visiting a file.
11394 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11396 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11397 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11398 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11399 buffers which are visiting a file.
11401 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11403 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11404 Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11405 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11407 Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11408 Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11410 Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11411 to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11412 Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11413 Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11414 special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11415 Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11416 groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11417 Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11418 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11419 locally in this buffer.
11421 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11425 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11426 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15941 42953))
11427 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11429 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11430 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11431 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11435 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11436 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11437 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11443 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (15941 42965))
11444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11446 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11447 Major mode for editing Icon code.
11448 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11449 Tab indents for Icon code.
11450 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11451 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11453 Variables controlling indentation style:
11454 icon-tab-always-indent
11455 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11456 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11458 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11459 inserted in Icon code.
11461 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11462 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11463 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11464 icon-continued-statement-offset
11465 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11466 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11467 icon-continued-brace-offset
11468 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11469 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11471 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11472 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11473 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11474 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11476 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11477 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11484 ;;;;;; (15829 28909))
11485 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11487 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11488 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11489 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11490 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11492 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11493 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11496 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11497 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11499 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11500 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11501 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11503 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11505 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11509 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11510 ;;;;;; (16162 11943))
11511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11513 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11514 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11516 The main features of this mode are
11518 1. Indentation and Formatting
11519 --------------------------
11520 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11521 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11523 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11524 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11525 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11526 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11528 Comments are indented as follows:
11530 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11531 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11532 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11534 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11536 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11537 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11538 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11539 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11540 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11541 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11544 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11545 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11546 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11547 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11551 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11552 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11553 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11554 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11555 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11556 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11557 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11558 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11562 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11563 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11564 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11565 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11566 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11570 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11571 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11572 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11573 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11574 mixed or upper case.
11576 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11577 --------------------------------
11578 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11579 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11581 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11582 \\fu FUNCTION template
11583 \\c CASE statement template
11584 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11585 \\f FOR loop template
11586 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11587 \\w WHILE loop template
11588 \\i IF statement template
11589 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11592 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11593 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
11595 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
11596 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
11597 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
11599 6. Automatic Case Conversion
11600 -------------------------
11601 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
11602 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
11604 7. Automatic END completion
11605 ------------------------
11606 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
11607 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
11611 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
11612 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
11614 9. Documentation and Customization
11615 -------------------------------
11616 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
11617 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
11618 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
11619 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
11620 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
11624 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
11625 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
11626 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
11628 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
11634 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
11635 ;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
11636 ;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
11637 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
11638 ;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
11639 ;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
11640 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
11641 ;;;;;; "ido.el" (15997 5129))
11642 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
11644 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
11645 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
11646 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
11647 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
11649 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
11650 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
11651 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
11653 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11654 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
11656 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
11658 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
11659 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
11660 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
11661 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
11662 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
11663 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
11664 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
11665 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
11666 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
11668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11670 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
11671 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
11672 Return the name of a buffer selected.
11673 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
11674 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
11675 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
11676 If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
11678 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11680 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
11681 Switch to another buffer.
11682 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
11683 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
11686 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
11687 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
11688 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
11689 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
11690 normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11692 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
11693 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
11695 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
11696 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
11698 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11699 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11700 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11701 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
11702 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
11703 in a separate window.
11704 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
11705 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11706 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11707 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11708 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
11709 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
11710 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
11711 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
11712 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
11716 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
11717 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
11718 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11719 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11723 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
11724 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
11725 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11726 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11730 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
11732 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11733 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11737 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
11738 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
11739 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11740 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11744 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
11745 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
11746 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11747 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
11751 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
11752 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
11756 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
11757 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
11758 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
11759 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
11760 visible in another frame.
11762 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
11763 in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
11764 substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
11765 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
11766 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
11767 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
11769 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
11770 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
11772 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
11773 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
11775 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
11776 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
11777 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
11778 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
11779 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
11780 in a separate window.
11781 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
11782 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
11783 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
11784 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
11785 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
11786 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
11787 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
11788 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
11789 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
11790 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
11791 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
11792 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
11793 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
11794 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
11795 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
11799 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
11800 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11801 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11802 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11806 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
11807 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
11808 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11809 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11813 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
11814 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
11815 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11816 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11820 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
11821 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
11822 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11823 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11827 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
11828 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
11829 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11830 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11834 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
11835 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
11836 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11837 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11841 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
11842 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
11843 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11844 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11848 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
11849 Write current buffer to a file.
11850 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11851 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11855 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
11856 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
11857 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11858 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11862 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
11863 Call dired the ido way.
11864 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
11865 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
11869 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
11870 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
11871 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
11873 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
11875 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
11876 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
11877 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
11879 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
11883 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15941 42953))
11884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
11885 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
11887 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
11888 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
11889 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
11895 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
11896 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
11897 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15941 42953))
11898 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
11900 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
11901 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
11902 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
11905 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11907 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
11908 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
11909 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
11912 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11914 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
11915 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
11916 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
11918 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
11920 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
11922 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
11923 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
11924 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
11925 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
11926 use its file extension as image type.
11927 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
11928 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
11929 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
11930 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
11932 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
11934 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
11935 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
11936 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
11937 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
11938 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
11939 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
11940 POS may be an integer or marker.
11941 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
11942 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
11943 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
11944 means display it in the right marginal area.
11946 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
11948 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
11949 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
11950 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
11951 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
11952 defaulted if you omit it.
11953 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
11954 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
11955 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
11956 means display it in the right marginal area.
11958 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
11960 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
11961 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
11962 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
11963 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
11965 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11967 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
11968 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
11970 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
11972 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
11973 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
11974 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
11975 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
11976 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
11977 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
11978 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
11979 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
11982 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
11984 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
11986 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
11987 Define SYMBOL as an image.
11989 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
11990 documentation string.
11992 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
11993 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
11994 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
11995 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
11996 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
11997 string containing the actual image data. The first image
11998 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12003 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12004 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12006 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12010 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12011 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12012 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15829 28907))
12013 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12015 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12016 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
12017 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12018 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12020 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12021 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12022 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12023 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12025 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12027 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12028 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12029 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12030 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12032 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12033 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12034 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12035 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12037 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12039 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12040 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12044 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12045 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12046 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12047 the command `insert-file-contents'.
12049 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12051 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12052 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12053 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12054 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12055 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12057 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12059 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12060 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12061 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12062 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12064 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12065 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12066 `image-file-name-regexps'.
12068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12072 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12073 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16072 11522))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12076 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12077 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12079 Affects only the mouse index menu.
12081 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12082 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12085 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12087 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12088 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12089 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12091 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12093 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12094 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12096 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12097 to create a buffer index.
12099 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12100 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12102 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12103 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12104 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12105 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12106 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12108 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12109 entries are not nested.
12111 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12112 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12113 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12114 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12116 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12117 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12119 The variable is buffer-local.
12121 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12122 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12123 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12125 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12126 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12127 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12130 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12132 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12133 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12135 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12136 of the current buffer as an alist.
12138 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12139 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12140 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12141 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12142 if it is a sub-alist.
12144 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12146 The variable is buffer-local.")
12148 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12150 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12151 Function for finding the next index position.
12153 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12154 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12155 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12158 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12159 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12161 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12163 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12165 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12166 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12168 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12169 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12170 It should return the name for that index item.
12172 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12174 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12176 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12177 Function to compare string with index item.
12179 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12180 non-nil if they match.
12182 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12183 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12184 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12187 This variable is local in all buffers.")
12189 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12191 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12192 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12193 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12195 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12197 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12199 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12201 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12202 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12203 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12204 See the command `imenu' for more information.
12208 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12209 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12211 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12215 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12216 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12217 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12218 for more information.
12220 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12224 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12225 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12226 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16183 40136))
12227 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12229 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12230 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12232 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12234 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12237 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12239 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12242 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12244 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12247 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12249 (autoload (quote indian-2-column-to-ucs-region) "ind-util" "\
12250 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
12252 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12256 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12257 ;;;;;; (15678 51473))
12258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12260 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12261 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12262 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12263 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12264 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12266 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12267 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12269 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12270 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12271 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12272 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12273 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12274 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12275 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12276 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12278 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12279 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12280 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12281 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12282 Inferior Lisp buffer.
12284 This variable is only used if the variable
12285 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12287 More precise choices:
12288 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12289 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12292 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12294 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12295 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12297 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12298 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12299 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12301 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12302 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12303 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12304 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12307 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12309 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12313 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12314 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-index Info-directory info-standalone
12315 ;;;;;; info-emacs-manual info info-other-window) "info" "info.el"
12316 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
12317 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12319 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12320 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12322 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12323 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12325 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12326 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12327 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12328 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12329 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12330 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12332 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12333 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12335 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12336 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12337 in all the directories in that path.
12339 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12341 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12342 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12346 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12347 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12348 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12349 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12353 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12354 Go to the Info directory node.
12358 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12359 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12360 The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12361 name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12362 nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12363 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12364 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12365 Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12366 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12368 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12370 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12371 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12372 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12373 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12374 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'. COMMAND must be a symbol
12377 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12379 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12380 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12382 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12383 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12384 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12385 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12389 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12390 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12391 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12397 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12398 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12399 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
12400 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12402 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12403 Throw away all cached data.
12404 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12405 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12410 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12411 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12412 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12413 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12414 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12415 The default symbol is the one found at point.
12417 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12419 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12421 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12422 Display the documentation of a file.
12423 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12424 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12425 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12426 The default file name is the one found at point.
12428 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12430 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12432 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12433 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12435 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12437 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12438 Perform completion on file preceding point.
12440 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12444 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref"
12445 ;;;;;; "info-xref.el" (15952 18239))
12446 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12448 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12449 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12451 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12453 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12454 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12455 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12461 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12462 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15941 42953))
12463 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12465 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12466 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12468 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12470 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12471 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12472 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12474 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12475 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12476 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12478 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12479 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12480 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12481 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12485 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12486 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12487 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12491 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12492 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12493 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12494 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12495 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12501 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12502 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12503 ;;;;;; (15251 46612))
12504 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12506 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12507 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12511 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12512 Toggle input method in interactive search.
12516 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12519 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12523 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12524 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
12525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12527 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12528 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12529 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12530 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12531 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12532 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12534 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12535 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12537 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12538 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12539 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12540 \"s gives German sharp s.
12541 /a gives a with ring.
12542 /e gives an a-e ligature.
12543 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
12544 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12545 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
12547 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12548 and a negative argument disables it.
12550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12555 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12556 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12557 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15941 42961))
12558 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12560 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12561 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12562 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12563 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12565 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12567 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12568 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12569 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12570 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12572 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12574 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12575 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
12576 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12577 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12579 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12581 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12582 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12583 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12584 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12586 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12588 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12589 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12590 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12591 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12593 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12595 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
12596 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12597 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12598 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12600 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12602 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
12603 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
12604 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12605 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12607 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12609 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
12610 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
12611 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12612 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12614 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12616 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
12617 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
12618 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
12619 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12621 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12623 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12624 Warn that format is read-only.
12628 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
12629 Warn that format is write-only.
12633 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
12634 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
12640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
12641 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
12642 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
12643 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
12644 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
12645 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
12649 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
12650 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
12651 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
12652 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
12653 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
12654 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16174 61085))
12655 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
12657 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
12658 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
12659 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
12660 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
12662 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
12664 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
12665 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
12667 These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
12669 Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
12670 over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
12671 definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
12672 and then re-start emacs.")
12674 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12676 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12678 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
12680 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
12682 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
12684 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
12686 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
12688 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
12689 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
12691 Each element of this list is also a list:
12693 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
12694 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
12696 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
12697 nil means the default dictionary.
12699 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
12702 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
12704 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
12705 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
12706 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
12707 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
12708 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
12709 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
12710 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
12711 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
12712 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
12714 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
12715 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
12718 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
12721 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
12722 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
12723 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
12724 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
12725 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
12726 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
12727 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
12728 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
12730 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
12732 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
12733 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
12734 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
12736 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
12738 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
12739 Key map for ispell menu.")
12741 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
12742 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
12743 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
12744 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
12746 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
12748 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
12750 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
12752 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
12754 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
12756 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
12757 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
12758 The alist key must be a regular expression.
12759 Valid forms include:
12760 (KEY) - just skip the key.
12761 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
12762 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
12763 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
12765 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
12766 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
12767 First list is used raw.
12768 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
12770 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
12771 for skipping in latex mode.")
12773 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
12774 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
12775 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
12776 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
12777 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
12779 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
12781 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
12782 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
12783 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
12784 in a window allowing you to choose one.
12786 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
12787 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
12788 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
12789 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
12790 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
12792 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
12793 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
12795 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
12797 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
12798 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
12801 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
12802 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
12803 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
12804 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
12805 quit spell session exited.
12807 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
12809 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
12810 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
12811 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
12813 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
12815 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
12816 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
12820 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
12821 SPC: Accept word this time.
12822 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
12823 `a': Accept word for this session.
12824 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
12825 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
12826 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
12827 `?': Show these commands.
12828 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
12829 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
12830 the aborted check to be completed later.
12831 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
12832 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
12833 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
12834 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
12835 `C-l': redraws screen
12836 `C-r': recursive edit
12837 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
12841 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
12842 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
12843 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
12845 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
12847 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
12848 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
12849 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
12851 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
12853 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
12855 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
12857 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
12858 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
12859 Return nil if spell session is quit,
12860 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
12862 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
12864 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
12865 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
12869 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
12870 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
12874 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
12875 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
12879 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
12880 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
12881 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
12882 sequence inside of a word.
12884 Standard ispell choices are then available.
12886 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
12888 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
12889 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
12893 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
12894 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
12895 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
12896 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
12898 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
12899 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
12900 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
12901 available on the net.
12905 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
12906 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
12907 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
12909 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
12910 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
12912 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
12913 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
12915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12917 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
12918 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
12919 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
12920 Don't check included messages.
12922 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
12923 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
12924 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
12926 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
12927 in your .emacs file:
12928 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
12929 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
12930 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
12931 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
12933 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
12934 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
12935 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
12941 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
12942 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
12943 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16131 19788))
12944 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
12946 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12947 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
12948 Return the name of a buffer selected.
12949 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
12950 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
12951 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
12953 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
12955 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
12956 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
12957 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
12958 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
12960 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
12964 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12965 Switch to another buffer.
12967 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
12968 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
12969 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
12971 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12975 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
12976 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
12977 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12978 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12982 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
12983 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
12984 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12985 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12989 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
12990 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12991 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12992 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
12996 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
12997 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
12998 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12999 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13000 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13002 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13004 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13005 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13006 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13007 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13008 `iswitchb' for details.
13010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13014 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13015 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13016 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13017 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16118 44435))
13018 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13020 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13025 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13026 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13027 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13028 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13029 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13030 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13031 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13032 necessary to represent OBJ.
13034 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13036 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13037 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13038 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13039 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13041 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13043 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13044 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13045 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13046 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13047 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13049 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13051 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13052 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13053 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13054 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13056 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13058 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13059 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13060 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13061 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13063 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13065 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13066 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13068 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13070 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13071 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13072 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13073 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13074 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13076 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13078 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13079 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13080 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13081 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13082 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13084 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13086 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13087 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13088 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13090 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13094 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15941
13096 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13098 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13099 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13100 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13101 that needs to be (re)fontified.
13102 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13104 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13108 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13109 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16111 41826))
13110 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13112 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13113 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13114 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13115 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13116 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13118 (custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13120 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13121 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13122 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13123 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13127 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13128 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13130 \(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13134 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13135 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13136 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
13137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13139 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13140 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13141 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13142 decimal key must be specified.")
13144 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13146 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13147 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13148 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13149 decimal key must be specified.")
13151 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13153 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13154 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13155 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13156 decimal key must be specified.")
13158 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13160 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13161 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13162 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13163 decimal key must be specified.")
13165 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13167 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13168 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13169 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13170 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13171 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13175 -------------------------------------------------------------
13176 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13177 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13178 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13179 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13180 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13181 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13182 in the global and local keymaps.
13184 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13185 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13187 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13191 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13192 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
13193 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13195 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13196 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13197 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13199 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13200 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13201 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13202 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13205 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13206 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13207 the context of text formatting.
13209 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13213 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16153
13215 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13217 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13218 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13219 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13220 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13221 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13222 positions that contains the current selection.")
13224 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13225 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13226 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13227 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13228 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13229 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13230 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13232 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13236 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13237 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13238 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13239 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16016 56429))
13240 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13241 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13242 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13243 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13244 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13245 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13246 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13247 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13249 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13250 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13251 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13252 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13253 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13254 Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13255 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13257 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13258 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13259 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13261 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13262 defining the macro.
13264 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13265 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13266 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13270 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13271 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13272 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13273 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13274 or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13277 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13278 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13279 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13283 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13284 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13285 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13287 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13288 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13289 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13290 for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13292 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13293 others, use M-x name-last-kbd-macro.
13295 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13297 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13298 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13299 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13301 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13304 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13305 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13307 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13308 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13309 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13311 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13312 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13316 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13317 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13318 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13319 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13321 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13323 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13324 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13325 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13326 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13328 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13329 even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13331 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13333 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13334 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13335 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13337 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13341 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13342 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16118 44435))
13343 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13345 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13346 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13347 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13349 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13356 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13357 ;;;;;; (15924 18775))
13358 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13360 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13362 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13363 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13367 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13369 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13370 Start or resume an Lm game.
13371 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13372 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13374 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13375 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
13376 none / 1 | yes | no
13381 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13382 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13383 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13389 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
13390 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
13391 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16183 37779))
13392 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13394 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13397 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13399 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13400 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13401 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13402 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13403 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13404 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13406 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13407 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13409 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13411 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13412 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13414 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
13416 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13419 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13421 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13424 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13428 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13429 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (15997 672))
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13432 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
13433 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13434 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13435 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13436 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13437 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13438 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13439 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13441 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13442 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13444 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13445 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13447 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13449 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13450 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13451 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13452 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13453 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13454 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13455 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13456 a Unicode font with which to display them.
13458 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13460 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13461 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13462 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display is't
13463 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13466 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
13468 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13472 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13473 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15941 42953))
13474 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13476 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13477 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13478 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13479 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13481 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13483 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13484 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13487 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13489 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13490 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13491 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13492 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13493 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13496 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13497 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13498 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13499 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13500 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13502 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13503 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13504 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13505 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13506 slow to keep up with your typing.
13508 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13509 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13510 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13511 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13512 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13513 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13515 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13516 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13517 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13518 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13520 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13521 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13522 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13523 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13525 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13526 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13527 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13528 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13529 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13533 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13534 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13540 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
13541 ;;;;;; (15186 43677))
13542 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
13544 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
13545 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
13547 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
13548 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
13550 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
13551 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
13553 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
13554 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
13555 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
13556 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
13557 for later transmission to Lisp job.
13558 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
13559 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
13560 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
13561 and transmit saved text.
13563 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
13564 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
13568 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
13575 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15941 42963))
13576 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
13578 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
13579 Run Conway's Life simulation.
13580 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
13581 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
13582 generations (this defaults to 1).
13584 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
13588 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (15781
13590 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
13592 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
13593 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
13594 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
13595 is nil, raise an error.
13597 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
13601 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
13602 ;;;;;; (15941 42956))
13603 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
13605 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
13606 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
13607 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
13609 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
13611 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
13612 Run the locate command with a filter.
13614 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
13615 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
13617 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
13621 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16111 41826))
13622 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
13624 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
13625 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
13626 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
13627 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
13628 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
13629 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
13630 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
13631 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
13632 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
13633 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
13634 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
13635 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
13636 uses the current buffer.
13638 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
13642 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16070
13644 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
13646 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
13647 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
13653 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
13654 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16174
13656 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
13658 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
13660 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
13662 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
13663 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
13664 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
13666 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
13667 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
13669 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
13670 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
13671 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
13672 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
13673 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
13674 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
13675 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
13677 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
13679 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
13680 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
13681 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
13682 switch on this list.
13683 See `lpr-command'.")
13685 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
13687 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
13688 *Name of program for printing a file.
13690 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
13691 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
13692 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
13693 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
13694 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
13695 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
13698 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
13700 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
13701 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
13702 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13703 for customization of the printer command.
13707 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
13708 Paginate and print buffer contents.
13710 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13711 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13712 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13713 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13715 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13716 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13718 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13719 for further customization of the printer command.
13723 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
13724 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
13725 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13726 for customization of the printer command.
13728 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13730 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
13731 Paginate and print the region contents.
13733 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
13734 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
13735 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
13736 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
13738 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
13739 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
13741 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
13742 for further customization of the printer command.
13744 \(fn START END)" t nil)
13748 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
13749 ;;;;;; (16070 35806))
13750 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
13752 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
13753 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
13754 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
13756 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
13760 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16174
13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
13764 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
13765 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
13766 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13768 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13774 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15941
13776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
13778 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
13779 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
13786 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
13787 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16162 11942))
13788 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
13790 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13791 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
13792 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
13793 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
13794 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
13796 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
13798 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
13799 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
13800 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
13801 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
13803 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
13804 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
13805 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
13806 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
13809 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
13810 use this command, and then save the file.
13812 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
13814 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
13815 Query user during kbd macro execution.
13816 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
13817 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
13818 each time the macro executes.
13819 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
13820 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
13821 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
13822 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
13823 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
13824 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
13825 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
13829 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
13830 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
13831 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
13833 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
13834 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
13835 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
13838 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
13839 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
13841 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
13842 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
13843 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
13844 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
13845 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
13847 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
13850 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
13851 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
13852 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
13854 You could enter the names in this format:
13860 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
13863 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
13866 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
13867 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
13869 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
13870 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
13874 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
13875 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16111 41831))
13876 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
13878 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
13879 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
13880 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
13881 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
13882 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
13884 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
13885 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
13886 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
13887 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
13888 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
13890 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
13891 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
13892 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
13895 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
13897 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
13898 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
13900 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
13904 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
13905 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
13906 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
13907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
13909 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
13910 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
13914 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
13919 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
13920 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
13922 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
13924 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
13925 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
13926 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
13929 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
13935 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
13936 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
13937 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15941
13939 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
13941 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
13942 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
13943 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
13944 often correct parser.")
13946 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
13948 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
13951 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13953 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
13954 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
13955 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13956 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13958 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
13960 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
13961 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
13962 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13963 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13965 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
13967 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
13968 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
13969 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
13970 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
13972 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
13974 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
13975 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
13976 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
13977 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
13978 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
13979 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
13981 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
13985 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
13986 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15924 18773))
13987 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
13989 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
13990 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
13994 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
13995 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
13996 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
13998 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14000 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14001 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14002 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14004 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14008 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14009 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16066
14011 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14013 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14014 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14015 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14017 If `parens', they look like:
14018 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14019 If `angles', they look like:
14020 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14022 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14024 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14025 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14026 If interactive, expand in header fields.
14027 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14028 their `Resent-' variants.
14030 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14031 removed from alias expansions.
14033 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14035 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14036 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14037 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14039 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14040 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14041 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14042 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14044 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14046 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14047 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14048 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14049 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14055 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14056 ;;;;;; (15997 672))
14057 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14059 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14060 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14061 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14063 \\{makefile-mode-map}
14065 In the browser, use the following keys:
14067 \\{makefile-browser-map}
14069 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14071 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14072 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14074 `makefile-target-colon':
14075 The string that gets appended to all target names
14076 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14077 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14079 `makefile-macro-assign':
14080 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14081 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14082 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14083 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14084 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14085 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14087 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14088 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14089 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14091 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14092 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14094 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14095 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14096 up or down in the browser.
14098 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14099 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14101 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14102 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14104 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14105 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14106 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14107 has been selected in the browser.
14109 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14110 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14111 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14112 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14113 filenames are omitted.
14115 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14116 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14117 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14118 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14119 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14120 the backslash itself intact.
14121 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14122 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14124 `makefile-browser-hook':
14125 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14126 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14128 `makefile-special-targets-list':
14129 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14130 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14131 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14137 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
14139 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14141 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14142 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14143 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14149 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16148 4632))
14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14152 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14154 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14155 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14156 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14157 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14158 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14159 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14160 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14162 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14163 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14164 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14165 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
14167 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14169 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14170 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14172 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14176 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (15941 42956))
14177 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14179 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14180 Toggle Master mode.
14181 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14182 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14183 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14185 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14186 following commands:
14188 \\{master-mode-map}
14190 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14191 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14192 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14198 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16162
14200 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14202 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14204 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14205 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14206 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14208 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14210 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14212 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14213 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14214 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14215 created in the future.
14216 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14217 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14223 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14224 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14225 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14226 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14227 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14228 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14229 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14230 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14231 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14232 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16070 35808))
14233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14235 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14236 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14238 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14240 If `parens', they look like:
14241 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14242 If `angles', they look like:
14243 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14245 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14246 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14248 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14250 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14251 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14253 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14255 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14256 *Local news organization file.")
14258 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14260 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14261 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14262 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14263 variable `mail-header-separator'.
14265 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14266 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14267 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14269 See also `send-mail-function'.")
14271 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14273 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14274 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14276 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14278 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14279 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14281 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14283 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14284 *Function for citing an original message.
14285 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14286 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14287 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14289 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14291 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14292 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14293 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14294 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14295 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14297 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14299 (defvar message-signature t "\
14300 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14301 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14302 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14303 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14305 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14307 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14308 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14309 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14310 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14312 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14314 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14316 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14317 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14318 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14319 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14320 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14321 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14322 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14323 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14324 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14325 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14326 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14327 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14328 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14329 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14330 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14331 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14332 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14333 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14334 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14335 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14336 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14337 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14338 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14339 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14340 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14344 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14345 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14346 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14348 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14350 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14351 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14353 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14355 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14356 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14358 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14360 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14361 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14363 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14365 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14366 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14367 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14369 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14371 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14372 Cancel an article you posted.
14373 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14377 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14378 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14379 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14380 header line with the old Message-ID.
14384 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14385 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14389 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14390 Forward the current message via mail.
14391 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14392 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14394 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14396 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14399 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14401 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14404 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14406 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14407 Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14411 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14412 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14414 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14416 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14417 Re-mail the current message.
14418 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14419 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14424 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14425 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14427 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14429 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14430 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14432 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14434 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14435 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14437 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14439 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14440 Start editing a news article to be sent.
14442 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14444 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14445 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14446 Works by overstriking characters.
14447 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14448 which specify the range to operate on.
14450 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14452 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14453 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14454 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14455 which specify the range to operate on.
14457 \(fn START END)" t nil)
14461 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14462 ;;;;;; (15961 24155))
14463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14465 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14466 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14470 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14471 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14475 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14476 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14480 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14481 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14487 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14488 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14489 ;;;;;; (15941 42961))
14490 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14492 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14493 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14494 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14498 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14499 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14500 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14501 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14502 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14503 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14504 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
14506 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14508 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
14509 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
14510 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14511 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14512 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14514 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14515 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14517 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14519 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
14520 Process current region through 'metamail'.
14521 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14522 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14523 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
14525 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14526 redisplayed as output is inserted.
14528 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
14532 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
14533 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16054
14535 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
14537 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
14538 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
14539 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14540 to the MH mail system.
14542 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14546 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
14547 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14548 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14549 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
14550 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
14551 that want to create a mail buffer.
14552 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
14553 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
14554 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
14556 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
14558 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
14559 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
14560 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
14562 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
14563 initial Subject field, respectively.
14565 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
14566 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
14567 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
14569 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
14571 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
14573 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
14574 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
14575 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
14576 to the MH mail system.
14578 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
14582 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
14583 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
14585 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
14586 using the MH mail handling system.
14588 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
14589 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
14590 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
14591 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
14592 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
14593 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
14594 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
14596 Options that control this mode can be changed with
14597 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
14599 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14600 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
14602 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
14605 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
14609 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
14610 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
14613 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
14614 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
14615 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14616 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14620 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
14621 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
14622 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
14623 the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
14625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14627 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
14628 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
14634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16054 60750))
14635 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
14637 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14639 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14641 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14643 (put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
14647 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
14648 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15186 43679))
14649 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
14651 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
14652 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
14653 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
14654 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
14655 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
14656 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
14657 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
14658 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
14659 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
14660 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
14661 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
14665 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
14666 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
14667 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
14668 to its second argument TM.
14670 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
14674 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
14675 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15941 42956))
14676 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
14678 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
14679 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
14680 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14681 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14682 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
14684 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
14686 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
14687 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
14688 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
14689 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
14690 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
14691 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
14692 default indication.
14694 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14695 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14701 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
14702 ;;;;;; (16110 13979))
14703 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
14705 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
14706 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
14711 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
14715 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-compose-region)
14716 ;;;;;; "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el" (16194 57623))
14717 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
14719 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
14722 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14724 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
14725 Compose Malayalam characters after the position POS.
14726 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
14727 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
14729 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
14733 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
14734 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
14735 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
14737 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
14738 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
14739 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
14740 the entire message.
14741 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
14743 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
14747 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
14748 ;;;;;; (15961 24153))
14749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
14751 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
14752 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
14756 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
14757 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
14763 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
14764 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
14765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
14767 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
14768 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
14769 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
14770 followed by the first character of the construct.
14772 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
14773 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
14774 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
14775 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
14776 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
14777 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
14778 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
14779 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
14780 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
14781 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
14782 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
14783 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
14784 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
14787 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
14788 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
14789 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
14795 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
14796 ;;;;;; (15856 53275))
14797 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
14799 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
14800 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
14802 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14804 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
14805 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
14807 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14811 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16162
14813 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
14815 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
14816 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
14817 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14818 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14819 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
14821 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
14823 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
14824 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
14825 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
14826 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
14828 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
14830 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
14832 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
14834 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
14835 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
14836 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
14837 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
14838 Triple-clicking selects lines.
14839 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
14841 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
14842 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
14843 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
14844 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
14845 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
14847 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
14848 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
14850 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
14851 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
14853 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
14855 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
14856 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
14857 primary selection and region.
14859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14863 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16066 53440))
14864 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
14866 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
14867 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
14873 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15941 42956))
14874 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
14876 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
14877 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
14878 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14880 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
14882 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
14884 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
14886 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
14887 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
14888 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
14890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14894 ;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
14895 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
14896 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
14897 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
14898 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
14899 ;;;;;; (16194 5746))
14900 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
14902 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
14903 Display a list of all character sets.
14905 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
14906 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
14907 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
14908 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
14910 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
14911 but still shows the full information.
14915 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
14916 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
14917 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
14919 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
14920 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
14921 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
14922 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
14923 detailed meanings of these arguments.
14925 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
14927 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
14928 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
14930 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
14932 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
14933 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
14935 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
14937 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
14938 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
14940 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
14942 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
14943 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
14945 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
14946 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
14948 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
14949 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
14950 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
14951 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
14952 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
14953 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
14954 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
14955 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
14956 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
14957 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
14958 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14959 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14960 `default-process-coding-system' for read
14961 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
14962 `default-process-coding-system' for write
14963 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
14967 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
14968 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
14972 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
14973 Display a list of all coding systems.
14974 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
14976 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
14977 but still contains full information about each coding system.
14979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14981 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
14982 Display a list of all coding categories.
14986 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
14987 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
14989 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
14991 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
14992 Display information about FONTSET.
14993 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
14995 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
14997 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
14998 Display a list of all fontsets.
14999 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15000 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15001 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15005 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15006 Display information about all input methods.
15010 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15011 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15013 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15014 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15015 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15016 system which uses fontsets).
15020 (defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
15021 Location of UnicodeData file.
15022 This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
15023 diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
15024 looked up from it.")
15026 (custom-autoload (quote unicodedata-file) "mule-diag")
15028 (autoload (quote unicode-data) "mule-diag" "\
15029 Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
15030 Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
15031 The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
15033 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15037 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
15038 ;;;;;; with-coding-priority coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
15039 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
15040 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
15041 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
15042 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (16182 61069))
15043 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15045 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15046 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15047 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15049 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15051 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15053 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15054 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15056 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15057 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15059 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15060 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15062 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15064 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15065 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15066 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15067 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15068 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15069 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15070 buffer; see also `char-width'.
15072 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15073 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15074 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15075 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15076 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15077 middle of a character in STR.
15079 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15080 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15082 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15083 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15084 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15085 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15086 defaults to \"...\".
15088 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15090 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15092 (make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15094 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15095 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15097 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15098 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15099 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15101 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15102 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15103 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15105 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15106 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15107 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15109 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15110 longer than KEYSEQ.
15111 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15113 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15115 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15116 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15117 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15118 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15119 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15120 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15121 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15122 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15123 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15124 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15125 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15127 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15129 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15130 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15132 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15134 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15135 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15137 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15139 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15140 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
15142 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15144 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15145 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
15147 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15149 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15150 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15151 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15152 or one is an alias of the other.
15154 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15156 (autoload (quote with-coding-priority) "mule-util" "\
15157 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
15158 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
15159 `set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
15160 coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
15162 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
15164 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15165 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15166 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15167 coding systems ordered by priority.
15169 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15171 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15172 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15173 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15174 language environment LANG-ENV.
15176 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15180 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15181 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
15182 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15184 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15185 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15186 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15187 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15188 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15190 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15192 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15193 Toggle mouse wheel support.
15194 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15195 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15199 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15200 Enable mouse wheel support.
15202 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15206 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15207 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15208 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15209 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16011 28193))
15210 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15212 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15213 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15215 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15217 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15219 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15220 `ping-program-options'.
15224 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15225 Run ipconfig program.
15229 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15231 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15232 Run netstat program.
15236 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15237 Run the arp program.
15241 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15242 Run the route program.
15246 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15247 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15251 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15252 Run nslookup program.
15256 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15257 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15261 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15266 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15271 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15272 Finger USER on HOST.
15274 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15276 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15277 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15278 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15279 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15281 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15283 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15288 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15289 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15291 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15293 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15294 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15296 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15300 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15301 ;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15302 ;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15303 ;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15304 ;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16136 53054))
15305 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15307 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15309 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15311 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15313 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15315 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15316 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15317 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15318 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15319 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15320 Major modes should set this variable.")
15322 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
15323 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15324 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15325 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15326 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15327 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15329 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15331 (defvar comment-start nil "\
15332 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15334 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15335 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15336 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15337 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15339 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15340 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15342 (defvar comment-end "" "\
15343 *String to insert to end a new comment.
15344 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15346 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15347 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15348 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15349 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15350 column indentation or nil.
15351 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15353 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15354 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15355 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15357 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15359 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
15360 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15361 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15362 of the corresponding number of spaces.
15364 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15365 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15367 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15369 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15370 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15371 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15373 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15375 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15376 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15377 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15378 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15379 the variables are properly set.
15381 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15383 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15384 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15388 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15389 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
15390 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15392 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15394 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15395 Set the comment column based on point.
15396 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15397 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15398 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15399 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15403 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15404 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15405 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15409 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15410 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15411 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15414 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15416 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15417 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15418 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15419 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15420 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15421 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15422 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15423 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15425 The strings used as comment starts are built from
15426 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15428 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15430 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15431 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15432 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15433 is passed on to the respective function.
15435 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15437 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15438 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15439 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15440 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15441 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15442 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15443 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15444 Else, call `comment-indent'.
15448 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15449 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15450 This indents the body of the continued comment
15451 under the previous comment line.
15453 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15454 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15455 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15457 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15458 or comment indentation.
15460 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15461 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15463 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15467 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (15941
15469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15471 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15472 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15473 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15474 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15475 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15476 symbol in the alist.
15478 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15482 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
15483 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
15484 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
15486 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
15487 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
15488 This command does not work if you use short group names.
15494 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
15495 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
15498 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
15499 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
15500 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
15506 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
15507 ;;;;;; (15941 42960))
15508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
15510 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
15511 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
15517 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
15518 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (15941 42960))
15519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
15521 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
15522 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
15526 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15527 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
15531 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
15532 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
15538 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
15539 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15513 43128))
15540 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
15542 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
15543 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
15544 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
15546 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
15549 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15551 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
15552 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
15553 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15554 to future sessions.
15556 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15558 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
15559 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
15560 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
15561 to future sessions.
15563 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15567 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
15568 ;;;;;; (15924 18776))
15569 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
15571 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
15572 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
15574 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
15575 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
15576 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
15582 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
15583 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15584 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
15586 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
15587 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
15588 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
15589 specified by `octave-help-files'.
15590 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
15596 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
15597 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
15600 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
15601 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
15602 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
15604 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
15606 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
15607 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
15609 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
15610 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
15611 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
15613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15615 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
15619 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
15620 ;;;;;; (15941 42965))
15621 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
15623 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
15624 Major mode for editing Octave code.
15626 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
15627 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
15628 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
15629 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
15631 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
15632 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
15633 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
15634 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
15635 is why you need this mode!).
15637 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
15638 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
15639 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
15641 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
15646 \\{octave-mode-map}
15648 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
15649 ==============================================
15652 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
15655 octave-auto-newline
15656 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
15659 octave-blink-matching-block
15660 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
15661 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
15663 octave-block-offset
15664 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
15667 octave-continuation-offset
15668 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
15671 octave-continuation-string
15672 String used for Octave continuation lines.
15673 Default is a backslash.
15675 octave-mode-startup-message
15676 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
15679 octave-send-echo-input
15680 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
15681 command to the inferior Octave process.
15683 octave-send-line-auto-forward
15684 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
15685 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
15687 octave-send-echo-input
15688 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
15690 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
15692 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
15693 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
15695 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
15696 (setq auto-mode-alist
15697 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
15699 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
15700 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
15702 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
15706 (if (eq window-system 'x)
15707 (font-lock-mode 1))))
15709 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
15710 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
15711 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
15712 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
15718 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
15719 ;;;;;; (16087 59373))
15720 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
15722 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
15723 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
15724 It is now better to use Customize instead.
15728 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
15729 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
15730 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
15731 in which there are commands to set the option values.
15732 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
15734 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
15740 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
15741 ;;;;;; (16168 11508))
15742 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
15744 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
15745 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
15746 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
15747 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
15749 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
15750 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
15751 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
15752 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
15754 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
15755 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
15756 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
15757 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
15758 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
15759 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
15761 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
15762 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
15763 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
15765 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
15766 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
15767 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
15768 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
15769 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
15770 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
15771 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
15772 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
15773 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
15774 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
15775 The subheadings remain visible.
15776 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
15778 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
15779 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
15780 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
15782 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
15783 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
15787 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
15788 Toggle Outline minor mode.
15789 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15790 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
15792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15796 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15941 42956))
15797 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
15799 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
15800 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
15801 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15803 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
15805 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
15807 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
15808 Toggle Show Paren mode.
15809 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15810 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
15812 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
15813 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
15815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15819 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15941
15821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
15823 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
15824 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
15825 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15827 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
15828 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
15830 Other useful functions are:
15832 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
15833 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
15834 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
15835 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
15836 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
15837 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
15838 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
15839 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
15840 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
15842 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
15844 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
15845 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
15846 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
15847 Indentation for case statements.
15848 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
15849 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
15851 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
15852 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
15853 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
15854 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
15855 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
15856 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
15857 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
15858 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
15859 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
15860 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
15862 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
15863 pascal-separator-keywords.
15865 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
15866 no args, if that value is non-nil.
15872 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
15873 ;;;;;; (15223 38063))
15874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
15876 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
15877 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
15878 The keys affected are:
15879 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
15880 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
15881 M-Backspace does undo.
15882 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
15883 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
15884 C-Escape does list-buffers.
15890 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
15891 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15941 42958))
15892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
15894 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
15895 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
15896 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15897 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15898 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
15900 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
15902 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
15903 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
15905 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
15907 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
15908 which modify the status of the mark.
15910 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
15911 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
15913 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
15914 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
15916 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
15917 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
15918 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
15919 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
15920 turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
15922 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
15923 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
15925 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
15926 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
15927 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
15929 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
15930 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
15931 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
15933 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
15934 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
15936 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
15937 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
15938 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
15940 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
15941 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
15942 but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
15948 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
15949 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
15952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15954 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
15955 Toggle PC Selection mode.
15956 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
15957 and cursor movement commands.
15958 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
15959 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
15961 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
15965 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15678
15967 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
15969 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
15970 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
15976 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
15977 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15186 43679))
15978 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
15980 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15981 Completion for `gzip'.
15985 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15986 Completion for `bzip2'.
15990 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15991 Completion for GNU `make'.
15995 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
15996 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16000 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16004 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16005 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15186 43679))
16006 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16008 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16009 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16013 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16014 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16018 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16019 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16025 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15186
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16029 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16030 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16031 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16032 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16033 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16034 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16040 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16041 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16042 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15186 43679))
16043 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16045 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16046 Completion for `cd'.
16050 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16052 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16053 Completion for `rmdir'.
16057 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16058 Completion for `rm'.
16062 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16063 Completion for `xargs'.
16067 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16069 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16070 Completion for `which'.
16074 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16075 Completion for the `chown' command.
16079 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16080 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16086 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16087 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16088 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15941
16090 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16092 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16093 Support extensible programmable completion.
16094 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16095 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16099 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16100 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16104 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16105 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16106 This will modify the current buffer.
16110 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16111 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16115 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16116 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16117 This will modify the current buffer.
16121 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16122 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16126 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16127 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16131 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16132 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16133 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16134 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16135 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16137 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16139 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16140 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16146 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16147 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16148 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16111 41826))
16149 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16151 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16152 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16153 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16154 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16156 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16158 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16160 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16161 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16162 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16163 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16164 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16165 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16168 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16170 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16171 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16172 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16173 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16174 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16175 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16176 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16177 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16179 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16181 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16182 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16183 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16184 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16185 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16186 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16187 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16190 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16192 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16193 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16194 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16195 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16196 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16197 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16198 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16200 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16202 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16204 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16205 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16206 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16208 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16210 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16211 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16212 nil means never do it.
16213 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16214 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16215 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16217 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16219 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16220 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16221 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16111 41826))
16226 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16228 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16232 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16233 ;;;;;; (16111 41834))
16234 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16236 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16237 Major mode for editing Perl code.
16238 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16239 Tab indents for Perl code.
16240 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16241 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16242 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16244 Variables controlling indentation style:
16245 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16246 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16247 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16248 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16249 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16250 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16251 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16253 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16254 `perl-indent-level'
16255 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16256 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16257 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16258 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16259 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16260 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16261 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16262 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16263 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16264 `perl-brace-offset'
16265 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16266 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16267 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16268 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16269 `perl-label-offset'
16270 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16271 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16272 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16274 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16275 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16276 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16277 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16278 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16279 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16280 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16282 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16288 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16289 ;;;;;; (15924 18776))
16290 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16292 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16293 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16294 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16295 afterwards settable by these commands:
16296 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16297 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16298 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16299 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16300 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16301 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16302 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16303 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16304 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16305 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16306 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16307 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16308 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16309 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16310 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16311 with these commands:
16312 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16313 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16314 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16315 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16316 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16317 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16318 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16319 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16320 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16321 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16322 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16323 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16324 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16325 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16326 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16327 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16328 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16329 You can manipulate text with these commands:
16330 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16331 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16332 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16333 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16334 text is saved in the kill ring.
16335 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16336 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16337 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16338 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16339 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16340 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16341 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16342 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16343 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16344 commands if invoked soon enough.
16345 You can return to the previous mode with:
16346 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16347 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16349 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16351 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16352 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16356 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16360 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16361 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
16362 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16364 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16365 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16366 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16368 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16372 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15941 42963))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16375 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16376 Play pong and waste time.
16377 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16378 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16380 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16388 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16389 ;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15941 42958))
16390 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16392 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16393 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16394 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16395 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16397 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16399 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16400 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16401 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16402 can handle, whenever this is possible.
16403 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16405 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16407 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16408 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16409 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16410 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16411 in the variable `values'.
16413 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16415 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16416 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16417 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16418 Ignores leading comment characters.
16424 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16425 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16426 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16427 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16428 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16429 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16430 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16431 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16432 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16433 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16434 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16435 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16436 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16437 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16438 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16439 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16440 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16441 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16442 ;;;;;; (15997 671))
16443 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16445 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16446 Activate the printing interface buffer.
16448 If BUFFER is nil, it uses the current buffer for printing.
16450 For more informations, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16452 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16454 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16455 Preview directory using ghostview.
16457 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16458 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16459 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16460 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16462 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16463 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16464 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16465 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16466 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16469 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16471 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16473 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16474 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
16476 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16477 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16478 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16479 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16481 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16482 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16483 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16484 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16485 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16488 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16490 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16492 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
16493 Print directory using PostScript printer.
16495 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16496 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16497 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16498 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16500 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16501 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16502 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16503 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16504 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16507 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16509 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16511 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
16512 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16514 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16516 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16517 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16518 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16519 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16521 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16522 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16523 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16524 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16525 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16528 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16530 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16532 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
16533 Preview buffer using ghostview.
16535 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16536 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16537 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16539 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16540 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
16541 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
16542 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16544 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16546 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16547 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
16549 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16550 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16551 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16553 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16554 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16555 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16556 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16558 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16560 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
16561 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
16563 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16564 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16565 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16567 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16568 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16569 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16570 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16572 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16574 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
16575 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16577 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
16579 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
16580 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
16581 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16583 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16584 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
16585 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
16586 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
16588 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16590 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
16591 Preview region using ghostview.
16593 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16595 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16597 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16598 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
16600 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16602 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16604 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
16605 Print region using PostScript printer.
16607 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16609 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16611 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
16612 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
16614 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16616 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16618 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
16619 Preview major mode using ghostview.
16621 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
16623 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16625 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16626 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
16628 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
16630 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16632 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
16633 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
16635 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
16637 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16639 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
16640 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
16642 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
16644 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16646 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
16647 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
16648 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16649 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16651 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16654 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16655 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16657 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16659 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16661 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
16662 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
16663 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16664 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16668 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
16669 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
16670 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
16671 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
16675 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
16676 Print directory using text printer.
16678 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
16681 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
16682 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
16684 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
16686 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
16688 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
16689 Print buffer using text printer.
16693 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
16694 Print region using text printer.
16698 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
16699 Print major mode using text printer.
16703 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
16704 Preview spooled PostScript.
16706 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16707 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16708 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16710 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16711 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16712 PostScript image in a file with that name.
16714 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16716 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16717 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
16719 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16720 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16721 instead of sending it to the printer.
16723 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16724 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16725 image in a file with that name.
16727 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16729 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
16730 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
16732 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16733 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16734 instead of sending it to the printer.
16736 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16737 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16738 image in a file with that name.
16740 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16742 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
16743 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
16745 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
16746 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
16747 instead of sending it to the printer.
16749 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
16750 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
16751 image in a file with that name.
16753 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
16755 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
16756 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
16758 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16760 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
16761 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
16763 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
16765 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16766 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
16768 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16770 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
16771 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
16773 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16775 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
16776 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
16778 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16780 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
16781 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
16783 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
16784 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16785 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
16786 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16788 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
16789 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
16790 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
16791 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
16792 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
16793 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
16796 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
16798 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
16799 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
16803 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
16804 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
16806 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
16808 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
16813 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
16814 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
16818 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
16819 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
16823 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
16824 Toggle printing with faces.
16828 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
16833 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
16838 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
16841 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
16843 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
16848 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
16853 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
16854 Toggle upside-down.
16858 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
16859 Toggle line number.
16863 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
16864 Toggle zebra stripes.
16868 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
16869 Toggle printing header.
16873 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
16874 Toggle printing header frame.
16878 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
16883 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
16884 Toggle auto region.
16888 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
16893 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
16894 Customization of `printing' group.
16896 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16898 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
16899 Customization of `lpr' group.
16901 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16903 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
16904 Help for printing package.
16906 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16908 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
16909 Select interactively a PostScript printer.
16913 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
16914 Select interactively a text printer.
16918 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
16919 Select interactively a PostScript utility.
16923 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
16924 Show current ps-print settings.
16926 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16928 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
16929 Show current printing settings.
16931 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16933 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
16934 Show current lpr settings.
16936 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16938 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
16939 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
16941 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
16942 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
16943 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
16944 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
16947 Interactively, you have the following situations:
16949 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
16950 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
16951 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
16953 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
16954 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
16955 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
16956 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
16957 current active printer.
16959 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
16960 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
16961 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
16964 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
16965 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
16966 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
16967 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
16968 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
16971 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
16972 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
16974 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
16976 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
16977 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
16978 be done using the new current active printer.
16980 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
16981 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
16984 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
16985 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
16986 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
16987 instead of sending it to the printer.
16989 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
16990 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
16993 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
16996 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
16999 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17001 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17002 Fast fire function for text printing.
17004 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17005 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17006 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17007 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17009 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17010 user for a new active text printer.
17012 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17014 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17016 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17017 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17020 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17022 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17025 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17029 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17030 ;;;;;; (15611 12634))
17031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17033 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17034 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17035 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17037 \\{prolog-mode-map}
17038 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17039 if that value is non-nil.
17043 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17044 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16148 4633))
17051 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17053 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17054 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17055 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17059 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16111
17061 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17063 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17064 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17066 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17068 The following variables hold user options, and can
17069 be set through the `customize' command:
17071 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17073 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17074 `ps-mode-print-function'
17076 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17080 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17083 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17089 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17090 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17091 The keymap for this second window is:
17093 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
17096 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17097 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17098 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17099 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17100 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17106 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
17107 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
17108 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
17109 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16085 62843))
17110 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17112 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17113 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17117 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17118 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17119 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17120 changed by setting the variable
17121 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17122 The initial value of this variable is
17123 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17126 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17127 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17128 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17129 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17130 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17131 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17134 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17135 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17136 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17137 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17138 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17139 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17140 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17141 use this value, be sure to have installed
17142 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17143 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17144 documentation of this variable).
17146 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17147 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17148 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17149 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17150 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17151 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17153 Any other value is treated as nil.")
17155 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17157 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17158 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
17159 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
17161 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
17163 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
17168 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
17169 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
17171 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
17173 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17177 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17179 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17182 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17184 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
17185 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
17187 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
17190 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
17194 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
17196 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
17199 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
17201 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17202 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17206 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
17207 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
17208 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
17210 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
17212 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
17213 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.
17217 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17218 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17219 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17221 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17223 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
17230 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17231 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17232 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17233 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17234 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17235 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16148
17237 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17239 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17240 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17241 See `ps-paper-type'.")
17243 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17245 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17246 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
17247 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17248 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17250 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17252 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17253 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17257 nil Do not print colors.
17261 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17262 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17264 Any other value is treated as t.")
17266 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17268 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17269 Customization of ps-print group.
17273 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17274 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17276 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17277 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17278 sending it to the printer.
17280 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17281 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17282 image in a file with that name.
17284 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17286 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17287 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17288 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17289 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17290 so it has a way to determine color values.
17292 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17294 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17295 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17296 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17298 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17300 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17301 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17302 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17303 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17304 so it has a way to determine color values.
17306 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17308 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17309 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17310 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17311 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17313 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17317 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17318 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17319 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17320 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17321 so it has a way to determine color values.
17323 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17327 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17328 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17329 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17331 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17333 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17335 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17336 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17337 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17338 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17339 so it has a way to determine color values.
17341 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17343 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17345 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17346 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17348 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17349 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17350 instead of sending it to the printer.
17352 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17353 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17354 image in a file with that name.
17356 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17358 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17359 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17360 Done using the current ps-print setup.
17361 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17362 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17366 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17367 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17368 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17370 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17372 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17373 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17374 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17376 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17378 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17379 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17383 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17384 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17386 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17387 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17389 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17390 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17392 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17394 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17396 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17398 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17399 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17401 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17402 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17404 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17405 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17407 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17409 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17411 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17413 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17414 foreground and background colors respectively.
17416 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17417 bold - use bold font.
17418 italic - use italic font.
17419 underline - put a line under text.
17420 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17421 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17422 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17423 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17424 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17426 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17428 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17432 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17433 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17434 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17435 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17436 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16183 19626))
17437 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17439 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17440 Return the title of the current Quail package.
17444 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17445 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17446 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17448 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17449 `quail-activate', which see.
17451 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17453 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17454 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17455 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17456 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17457 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17458 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17459 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17461 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
17462 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
17463 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
17464 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
17465 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
17467 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
17469 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
17470 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
17471 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
17472 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
17473 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
17474 list of candidates.
17476 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
17477 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
17478 command to be called.
17480 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
17481 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
17482 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
17483 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
17485 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
17486 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
17487 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
17488 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
17489 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
17492 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
17493 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
17494 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
17495 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
17497 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
17498 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
17499 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
17500 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
17502 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
17503 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
17504 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
17505 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
17506 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
17507 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
17509 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
17510 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
17511 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
17512 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
17513 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
17514 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
17516 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
17517 covers Quail translation region.
17519 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
17520 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
17521 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
17522 for it) is inserted.
17524 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
17525 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
17526 vs. corresponding command to be called.
17528 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
17529 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
17530 non-Quail commands.
17532 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
17534 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17535 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
17537 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
17538 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
17539 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
17540 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
17541 you type is correctly handled.
17543 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
17545 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
17546 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
17548 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
17551 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
17553 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
17554 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
17555 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
17556 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17557 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
17558 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17559 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17560 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17561 for the translation.
17562 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17564 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17565 it is used to handle KEY.
17567 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
17568 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
17569 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
17570 the following annotation types are supported.
17572 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
17573 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
17575 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
17578 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
17579 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
17580 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
17583 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
17584 generated for the following translations.
17586 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
17588 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
17589 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
17591 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17592 which to install MAP.
17594 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
17596 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17598 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
17599 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
17601 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
17602 which to install MAP.
17604 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
17606 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
17608 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
17609 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
17610 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
17611 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
17612 a function, or a cons.
17613 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
17614 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
17615 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
17616 for the translation.
17617 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
17618 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
17619 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
17620 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
17621 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
17623 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
17624 it is used to handle KEY.
17626 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
17627 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
17628 current Quail package.
17630 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
17631 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17633 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
17635 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
17636 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
17638 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
17639 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
17641 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
17643 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
17644 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
17646 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
17648 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
17649 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
17650 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
17651 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
17652 of the Emacs source tree.
17654 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
17655 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
17657 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
17658 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
17661 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
17665 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
17666 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
17667 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15941
17669 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
17671 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
17672 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
17673 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
17674 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
17676 To make use of this do something like:
17678 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
17680 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
17682 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
17683 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
17685 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
17686 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17687 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17689 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17691 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
17692 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
17694 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17696 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
17697 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
17699 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
17702 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
17704 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
17705 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
17707 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
17708 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
17709 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
17711 \(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
17713 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
17714 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
17716 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
17718 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
17719 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
17723 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
17724 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
17726 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
17728 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
17732 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
17733 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
17739 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15941
17741 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
17743 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
17744 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
17747 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
17751 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
17752 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
17753 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
17755 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
17756 Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
17762 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16055 8591))
17763 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
17765 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
17766 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
17767 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17769 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
17771 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
17773 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
17774 Toggle recentf mode.
17775 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17776 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17778 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
17779 that were operated on recently.
17781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17785 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
17786 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
17787 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
17788 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15941
17790 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
17792 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
17793 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
17794 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
17795 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
17797 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
17799 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
17801 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
17802 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
17803 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
17804 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
17807 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17808 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
17811 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17813 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17814 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17815 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17817 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17818 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17821 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
17823 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
17824 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
17825 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
17827 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
17829 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
17830 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
17832 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17833 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
17835 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
17838 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17840 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
17841 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
17845 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
17846 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
17847 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
17848 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
17849 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
17850 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
17851 and point is at the lower right corner.
17853 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
17855 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
17856 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
17858 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
17859 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
17861 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17862 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
17863 on the right side of the rectangle.
17865 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17867 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
17869 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
17870 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
17871 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
17872 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
17873 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
17875 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17876 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
17878 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17880 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
17881 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
17882 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
17884 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
17886 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
17888 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
17890 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
17891 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
17893 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17894 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
17895 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
17897 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
17899 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
17900 Blank out the region-rectangle.
17901 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
17903 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
17904 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
17905 rectangle which were empty.
17907 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
17911 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16111
17913 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
17915 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
17916 Toggle Refill minor mode.
17917 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
17919 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
17920 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
17921 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
17923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17927 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-scanning-info-available-p reftex-mode turn-on-reftex)
17928 ;;;;;; "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16142 9352))
17929 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
17931 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
17932 Turn on RefTeX mode.
17936 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
17937 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
17939 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
17940 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
17942 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
17943 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
17944 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
17947 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
17948 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
17949 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
17951 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
17952 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
17953 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
17955 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
17956 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
17958 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
17959 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
17961 \\{reftex-mode-map}
17962 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
17965 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
17967 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17969 (autoload (quote reftex-scanning-info-available-p) "reftex" "\
17970 Is the scanning info about the current document available?
17976 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
17977 ;;;;;; (16070 35808))
17978 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
17980 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
17981 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
17982 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
17983 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
17984 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
17985 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
17987 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
17989 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
17991 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
17992 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
17993 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
17994 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
17996 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
17997 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
17998 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
17999 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18001 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18005 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18006 ;;;;;; (15941 42966))
18007 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18009 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18010 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18011 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18013 To insert new phrases, use
18014 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18015 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18017 To index phrases use one of:
18019 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18020 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18021 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18022 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18023 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18025 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18026 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18028 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18030 Here are all local bindings.
18032 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18038 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18039 ;;;;;; (16142 9352))
18040 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18042 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18043 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18044 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18047 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18051 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18052 ;;;;;; (16179 16744))
18053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18055 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18056 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18057 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18058 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18059 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18060 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18062 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18063 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18065 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18068 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18070 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18071 Return the depth of REGEXP.
18072 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18075 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18079 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15941 42956))
18080 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18082 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18083 Repeat most recently executed command.
18084 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18085 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18086 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18088 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18089 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18090 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18092 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18096 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18097 ;;;;;; (15356 55960))
18098 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18100 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18101 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18103 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18104 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18105 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18106 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18107 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18108 and point is left after the salutation.
18110 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18111 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18112 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18113 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18114 left after that text.
18116 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18119 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18120 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18121 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18122 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18124 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18128 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18129 ;;;;;; (15364 46020))
18130 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18132 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18133 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18134 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18135 visibility of comments that precede it.
18136 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18137 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18138 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18139 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18140 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18141 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18142 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18143 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18145 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18146 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18147 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18148 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18149 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18152 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18156 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (15941
18158 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18160 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18161 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18167 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18168 ;;;;;; (16054 60749))
18169 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18171 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18172 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18173 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18175 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18176 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18177 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18181 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18182 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18183 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18185 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18187 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18189 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18190 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18191 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18193 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18194 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18195 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18197 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18201 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18202 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18203 ;;;;;; (15728 55520))
18204 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18206 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18207 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18208 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18209 If emacs is not running under a window system,
18210 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18212 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18214 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18215 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18216 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18217 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18218 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18220 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18222 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18223 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18224 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18225 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18226 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18228 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18230 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18231 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18232 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18233 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18234 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18235 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18236 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18238 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18239 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18245 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18246 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
18247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18249 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18250 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18254 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18255 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18257 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18261 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16066 53440))
18262 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18263 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18265 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18266 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18267 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18268 other arguments for `rlogin'.
18270 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18272 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18273 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18274 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18275 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18277 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18278 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18280 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18281 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18283 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18284 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18287 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18288 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18289 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18290 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18291 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18293 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18294 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18295 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18296 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18298 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18299 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18302 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18306 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18307 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18308 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18309 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18310 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18311 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18312 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16072 11522))
18313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18315 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18316 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18317 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18318 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18320 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18322 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
18323 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
18324 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18325 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18326 value is the user's email address and name.)
18327 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18329 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18330 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18331 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18332 which normally happens once for each message,
18333 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18334 To make a change in this variable take effect
18335 for a message that you have already viewed,
18336 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18338 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18340 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18341 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18342 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18343 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18345 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18347 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18348 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18350 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18352 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18353 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18354 A value of nil means don't highlight.
18355 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18357 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18359 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18360 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18362 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18364 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18365 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18367 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18369 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18370 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18371 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18372 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18373 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18375 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18377 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18378 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18380 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18382 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18383 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18385 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18387 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18388 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18390 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18392 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18393 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18395 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18397 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18398 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18400 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18401 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18403 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18404 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18406 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18408 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18409 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18411 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18412 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18413 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18414 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18416 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18417 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18419 This is set to nil by default.")
18421 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18422 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18423 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18424 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18425 until a user explicitly requires it.")
18427 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18429 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18430 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18431 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18432 It is called with no argument.")
18434 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18435 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18436 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18437 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18438 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18439 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18440 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18442 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18443 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18444 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18445 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18446 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18447 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18449 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18450 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18451 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18452 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18453 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18455 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18456 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18457 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18458 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18459 MSG is the message number,
18460 REGEXP is the regular expression,
18461 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
18463 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
18464 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
18465 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
18466 this feature is required with `require'.")
18468 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
18469 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
18470 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
18471 the message is decoded as normal way.
18473 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
18474 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
18475 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
18477 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
18478 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
18479 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
18481 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
18482 Read and edit incoming mail.
18483 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
18484 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
18485 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
18487 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
18488 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
18489 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
18490 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
18492 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
18494 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
18496 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
18497 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
18498 All normal editing commands are turned off.
18499 Instead, these commands are available:
18501 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
18502 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
18503 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
18504 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
18505 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
18506 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
18507 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
18508 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
18509 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
18510 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
18511 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
18512 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
18513 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
18514 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
18515 till a deleted message is found.
18516 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
18517 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
18518 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
18519 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
18520 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
18521 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
18522 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
18523 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
18524 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
18525 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
18526 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
18527 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
18528 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
18529 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
18530 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
18531 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
18532 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
18533 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
18534 (label defaults to last one specified).
18535 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
18536 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
18537 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
18538 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
18539 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
18540 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
18541 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
18542 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
18543 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
18547 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
18548 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
18550 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
18552 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
18553 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
18555 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
18559 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
18560 ;;;;;; (15830 37093))
18561 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
18563 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
18564 Edit the contents of this message.
18570 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
18571 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
18572 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15186 43692))
18573 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
18575 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18576 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18577 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18579 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18581 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18582 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
18583 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
18585 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
18587 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
18590 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
18592 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18593 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
18594 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18595 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18596 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
18598 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18600 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
18601 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
18602 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
18603 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
18604 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
18606 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
18610 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
18611 ;;;;;; (15186 43692))
18612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
18614 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
18615 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
18616 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
18617 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
18619 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18623 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
18624 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
18625 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15941 42961))
18626 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
18628 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
18629 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
18630 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
18631 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
18632 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
18633 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
18634 a file name as a string.")
18636 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
18638 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
18639 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
18640 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
18641 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
18642 buffer visiting that file.
18643 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
18644 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
18646 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
18647 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18649 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18650 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18652 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
18653 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
18655 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
18657 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
18658 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
18660 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
18662 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
18663 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
18664 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
18665 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
18666 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
18668 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
18669 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
18670 will be appended with their original headers.
18672 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
18673 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
18675 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
18676 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
18678 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
18680 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
18682 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
18683 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
18684 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
18686 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
18690 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
18691 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
18692 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15941
18694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
18696 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
18697 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
18698 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18700 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18702 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
18703 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
18704 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18706 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18708 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
18709 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
18710 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18712 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18714 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
18715 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
18716 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18718 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18720 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
18721 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
18722 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18724 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18726 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
18727 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
18728 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18730 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
18732 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
18733 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
18734 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
18735 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
18737 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
18741 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
18742 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
18743 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
18744 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
18745 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16025 36884))
18746 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
18748 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
18749 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
18751 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
18753 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
18754 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
18756 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
18758 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
18759 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
18763 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
18764 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
18765 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
18767 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
18769 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
18770 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
18771 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
18772 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
18773 only look in the To and From fields.
18774 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
18776 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
18778 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
18779 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
18780 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
18781 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
18782 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
18784 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
18786 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
18787 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
18788 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
18789 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
18790 look in the whole message.
18791 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
18793 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
18795 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
18796 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
18797 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
18799 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
18801 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
18802 *Function to decode summary-line.
18804 By default, `identity' is set.")
18806 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
18808 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
18809 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
18810 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
18811 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
18812 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
18813 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
18814 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
18816 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
18817 sent by you under different user names.
18818 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
18820 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
18822 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
18826 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
18827 ;;;;;; (15941 42963))
18828 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
18830 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
18831 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
18832 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
18833 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
18835 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
18839 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
18840 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (15941 42956))
18841 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
18843 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
18844 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
18846 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
18848 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
18849 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
18851 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18853 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
18854 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
18856 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18858 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
18859 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
18860 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
18862 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
18863 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
18866 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
18870 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
18871 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
18877 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
18878 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
18879 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
18880 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
18881 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
18882 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
18884 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
18885 *This variable is obsolete.")
18887 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
18889 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
18890 *This variable is obsolete.")
18892 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
18894 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
18895 *This variable is obsolete.")
18897 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
18899 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
18900 *This variable is obsolete.")
18902 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
18904 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
18905 *This variable is obsolete.")
18907 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
18909 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
18910 *This variable is obsolete.")
18912 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
18914 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
18915 This function is obsolete.
18917 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
18921 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16179
18923 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
18925 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
18926 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
18928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18932 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15941
18934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
18936 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
18937 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
18938 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
18939 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
18941 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
18943 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
18944 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
18945 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
18947 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
18951 matches string STRING literally.
18954 matches character CHAR literally.
18957 matches any character except a newline.
18960 matches any character
18963 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
18964 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
18970 matches any character not in SET
18973 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
18974 in the text being matched
18977 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
18980 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18981 string being matched against.
18984 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18985 string being matched against.
18988 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
18989 buffer being matched against.
18992 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
18993 buffer being matched against.
18996 matches the empty string, but only at point.
18999 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19003 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19006 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19009 `(not word-boundary)'
19010 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19014 matches 0 through 9.
19017 matches ASCII control characters.
19020 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19023 matches space and tab only.
19026 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19030 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19034 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19035 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19038 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19039 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19042 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19045 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19048 matches anything lower-case.
19051 matches anything upper-case.
19054 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19055 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19058 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19061 matches anything that has word syntax.
19064 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19065 of the following symbols.
19067 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19068 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19071 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19072 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19073 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19074 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19075 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19077 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19078 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19079 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19081 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19082 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19084 `(category CATEGORY)'
19085 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19086 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19088 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19089 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19090 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19091 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19095 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19096 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19097 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19098 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19099 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19100 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19101 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19102 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19103 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19104 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19105 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19106 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19107 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19116 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19120 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19122 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19127 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
19128 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19130 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19131 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19133 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19134 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19135 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19137 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19138 another name for `submatch'.
19140 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19141 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19142 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19143 regular expression.
19145 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
19146 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19147 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19148 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19149 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19151 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
19152 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19154 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19155 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19158 like `zero-or-more'.
19161 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19164 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19166 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
19167 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19170 like `one-or-more'.
19173 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19176 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19178 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19179 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19182 like `zero-or-one'.
19185 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19188 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19191 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19193 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
19194 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19197 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19201 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19203 \(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19207 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19208 ;;;;;; (16054 60750))
19209 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19211 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19212 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19213 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19215 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19216 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19217 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19218 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19219 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19220 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19221 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19222 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19225 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19226 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19227 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19228 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19229 if that value is non-nil.
19233 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19234 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19235 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19238 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19239 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19240 \\{scheme-mode-map}
19241 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19242 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19243 that variable's value is a string.
19249 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19250 ;;;;;; (14792 28989))
19251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19253 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19254 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19255 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19257 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19263 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16087
19265 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19267 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19268 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19269 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19270 \\{scribe-mode-map}
19272 Interesting variables:
19274 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19275 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19277 `scribe-electric-quote'
19278 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19280 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19281 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19282 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19288 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19289 ;;;;;; (15941 42956))
19290 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19292 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19293 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19294 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19296 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19298 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19300 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19301 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19302 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19303 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19304 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19310 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19311 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19312 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19313 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19314 ;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19315 ;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16183 39073))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19318 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19319 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19321 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19323 If `parens', they look like:
19324 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19325 If `angles', they look like:
19326 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19327 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19328 derived from the envelope-from address.
19330 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19331 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19332 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19333 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19335 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19337 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19338 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19339 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19340 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19342 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19343 privileged operation. This variable is only used if
19344 `send-mail-function' is set to `sendmail-send-it'.")
19346 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19348 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19349 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19350 This is done when the message is initialized,
19351 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19353 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19355 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19356 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19357 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19359 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19361 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19362 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19364 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19366 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19367 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19368 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19369 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19370 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19371 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19372 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19374 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19376 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19377 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19379 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19381 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19382 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19383 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19385 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19387 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19388 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19389 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19390 when you first send mail.")
19392 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19394 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19395 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19396 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19397 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19398 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19400 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19402 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19403 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19404 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19405 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19406 This file need not actually exist.")
19408 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19410 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
19411 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19412 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19413 If a string, that string is inserted.
19414 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19415 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19416 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19417 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19419 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19421 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19422 *Directory for mail buffers.
19423 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19424 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19426 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19428 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19429 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19430 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19431 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19432 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19433 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19434 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19435 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19436 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19437 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19438 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19439 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19440 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19441 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19442 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19446 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19447 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19448 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19449 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
19450 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19451 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19453 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
19454 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19455 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
19457 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
19458 User should not set this variable manually,
19459 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
19460 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
19461 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
19462 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
19464 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
19465 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
19466 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
19467 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
19469 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
19470 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
19473 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
19475 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
19476 to move to message header fields:
19479 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
19480 when the message is initialized.
19482 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
19483 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
19485 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
19488 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
19489 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
19491 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
19492 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
19494 The second through fifth arguments,
19495 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
19496 the initial contents of those header fields.
19497 These arguments should not have final newlines.
19498 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
19499 original message being replied to, or else an action
19500 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
19501 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
19502 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
19503 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
19504 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
19505 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
19507 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
19509 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
19510 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
19512 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19514 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
19515 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
19517 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
19521 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
19522 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
19523 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
19525 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
19526 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
19527 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
19528 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
19529 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
19530 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
19532 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
19534 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
19536 (defvar server-mode nil "\
19537 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
19538 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19540 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
19542 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
19544 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
19545 Toggle Server mode.
19546 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19547 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
19548 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
19550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19554 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16162 11942))
19555 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
19557 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
19558 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet. See \"ses-readme.txt\" for more info.
19562 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
19563 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
19564 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
19565 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
19571 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
19572 ;;;;;; (16183 39901))
19573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
19575 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19576 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
19578 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
19581 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
19582 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
19583 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
19585 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
19586 your `.emacs' file.
19588 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
19590 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19591 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
19596 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
19598 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
19599 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
19600 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
19601 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
19602 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
19603 which this is based.
19605 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
19607 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
19608 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
19609 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
19610 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
19612 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
19613 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
19614 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
19616 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
19617 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
19618 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
19619 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
19621 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
19622 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
19623 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
19624 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
19626 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
19628 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
19629 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
19630 To work around that, do:
19631 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
19639 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
19640 ;;;;;; (16174 61085))
19641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
19643 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
19644 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
19645 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
19646 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
19647 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
19648 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
19650 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
19651 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
19652 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
19653 shell-specific features.
19655 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
19656 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
19657 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
19659 \\[sh-case] case statement
19660 \\[sh-for] for loop
19661 \\[sh-function] function definition
19662 \\[sh-if] if statement
19663 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
19664 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
19665 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
19666 \\[sh-select] select loop
19667 \\[sh-until] until loop
19668 \\[sh-while] while loop
19670 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
19671 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
19672 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
19673 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
19674 would indent to the way it currently is.
19675 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
19676 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
19679 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
19680 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
19681 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
19682 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
19683 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
19684 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
19686 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
19688 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
19690 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
19691 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
19692 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
19694 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
19695 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
19699 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
19703 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
19704 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
19705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
19707 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
19708 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
19710 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
19711 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
19712 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
19713 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
19716 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
19718 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
19720 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
19721 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
19722 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
19724 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
19725 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
19727 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
19728 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
19729 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
19730 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
19731 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
19732 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
19733 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
19736 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
19737 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
19738 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
19739 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
19740 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
19742 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
19743 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
19744 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
19750 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
19751 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16016
19753 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
19755 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
19756 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
19757 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
19758 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
19759 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
19760 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
19765 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
19766 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
19767 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
19768 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
19769 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
19773 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
19774 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
19775 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
19776 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
19777 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
19778 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
19779 `shadow-define-cluster').
19783 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
19784 Set up file shadowing.
19790 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
19791 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
19792 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
19794 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
19795 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
19796 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
19797 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
19798 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
19801 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
19803 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
19804 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
19805 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
19806 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
19807 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
19808 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
19809 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
19810 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
19811 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
19812 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
19813 discards input when it starts up.)
19814 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
19815 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
19816 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
19818 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
19819 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
19820 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
19821 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
19822 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
19823 `default-process-coding-system'.
19825 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
19826 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
19827 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
19828 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
19830 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
19832 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19833 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
19837 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15997
19839 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
19841 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
19842 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
19843 \\{simula-mode-map}
19844 Variables controlling indentation style:
19845 `simula-tab-always-indent'
19846 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
19847 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19848 `simula-indent-level'
19849 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
19850 `simula-substatement-offset'
19851 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
19852 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
19853 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
19854 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
19855 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
19856 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
19857 `simula-label-offset' -4711
19858 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
19859 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
19860 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
19861 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
19862 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
19863 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
19864 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
19865 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
19866 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
19867 `simula-electric-indent' nil
19868 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
19869 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
19870 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
19871 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
19872 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
19873 or nil if they should not be changed.
19874 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
19875 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
19876 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
19877 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
19879 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
19880 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
19886 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
19887 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16111 41826))
19888 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
19890 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
19891 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
19893 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
19894 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
19895 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
19896 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
19898 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
19900 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
19902 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
19903 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
19904 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
19905 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
19906 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
19908 Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
19909 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
19911 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
19913 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
19914 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
19916 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
19917 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
19918 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
19919 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
19921 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
19922 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
19923 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
19924 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
19926 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
19927 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
19928 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
19930 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
19931 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
19933 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
19934 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
19936 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
19937 _ interesting point, interregion here
19938 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
19939 interesting point set by _
19940 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
19941 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
19942 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
19943 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
19944 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
19945 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
19948 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
19949 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
19951 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
19952 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
19953 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
19954 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
19955 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
19956 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
19957 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
19958 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
19960 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
19961 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
19962 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
19963 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
19964 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
19967 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
19968 then: insert previously read string once more
19969 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
19970 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
19971 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
19973 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
19974 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
19976 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
19978 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
19979 Insert the character you type ARG times.
19981 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
19982 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
19983 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
19984 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
19985 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
19988 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
19989 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
19990 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
19996 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
19997 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20000 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20001 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20002 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20005 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20007 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20008 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20009 \\{smerge-mode-map}
20011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20015 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20016 ;;;;;; (15856 53274))
20017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20019 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20020 Display textual smileys as images.
20021 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20022 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20023 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20025 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20029 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20030 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16148 4633))
20031 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20033 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20038 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20039 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20045 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15763 44954))
20046 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20048 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20049 Play the Snake game.
20050 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20052 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20054 Snake mode keybindings:
20056 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20057 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20058 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20059 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20060 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20061 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20062 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20068 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20069 ;;;;;; (15491 28594))
20070 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20072 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20073 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20074 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20075 Tab indents for C code.
20076 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20077 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20079 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20084 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20085 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20086 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20087 Tab indents for C code.
20088 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20089 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20091 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20092 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20098 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20099 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20100 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16174 61085))
20101 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20103 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20104 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20106 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20107 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20108 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20110 For example, the form
20112 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20113 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20115 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20117 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20119 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20120 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20122 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20123 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20124 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20127 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20129 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20131 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20132 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20134 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20135 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20136 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20139 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20141 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20143 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20144 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20145 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20148 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20150 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20152 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20153 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20154 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20156 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20157 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20159 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20163 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20164 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20165 Requires floating point.
20171 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15941
20173 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20175 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20178 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20179 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
20180 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20181 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20182 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20183 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20184 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20185 check after each move or undo)
20189 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20190 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20191 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20210 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20211 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20212 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20213 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20215 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20216 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20217 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20220 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20221 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20223 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20239 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20241 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
20247 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20248 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20249 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16111 41826))
20250 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20252 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20253 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20255 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20256 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20257 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20258 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20261 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20262 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20263 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20266 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20267 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20269 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20270 It moves point to the start of the next record.
20271 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20272 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20275 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20276 It should move point to the end of the record.
20278 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20279 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20280 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20281 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20282 starts at the beginning of the record.
20284 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20285 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20288 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20289 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20291 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20293 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20294 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20295 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20296 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20297 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20300 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20302 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20303 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20304 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20305 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20306 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20309 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20311 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20312 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20313 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20314 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20315 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20318 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20320 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20321 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20322 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20323 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20324 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20325 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20326 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20327 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20328 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20330 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20332 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20333 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20334 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20335 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20336 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20337 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20338 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20341 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20343 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20344 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20345 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20346 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20347 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20348 is to be used for sorting.
20349 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20350 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20351 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20352 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20353 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20355 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20357 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20360 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20361 starting with the letter \"f\",
20362 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20364 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20366 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20367 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20368 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20369 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20370 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20371 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20372 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20375 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20376 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20377 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20378 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20379 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20381 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20383 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20384 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20385 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20387 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20391 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20392 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15941 42957))
20393 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20395 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20397 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20398 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20399 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20400 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20401 supported at a time.
20402 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20403 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20407 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20408 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20409 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20410 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20416 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20417 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15186 43697))
20418 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20420 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20422 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20423 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20424 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20425 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20426 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20427 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20431 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20432 Check spelling of word at or before point.
20433 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20434 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20438 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20439 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20440 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20441 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20442 for example, \"word\".
20444 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20446 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20447 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20449 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
20453 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14817
20455 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
20457 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
20458 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
20462 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
20463 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
20469 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
20470 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
20471 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
20472 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
20473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
20475 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
20476 Show short help for the SQL modes.
20478 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
20479 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
20481 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
20483 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
20484 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
20485 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
20487 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
20489 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
20490 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
20491 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
20492 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
20493 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
20494 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
20495 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
20496 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
20498 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
20500 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
20501 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
20502 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
20503 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
20505 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
20506 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
20507 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
20508 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
20510 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
20511 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
20512 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
20516 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
20517 Major mode to edit SQL.
20519 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
20520 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
20521 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
20524 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
20526 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
20527 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
20528 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
20529 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
20530 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
20531 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
20533 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
20534 `sql-interactive-mode'.
20536 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
20537 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
20538 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
20540 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
20542 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
20546 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
20547 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
20549 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20550 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20553 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
20554 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20555 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
20556 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
20558 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20559 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20561 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20562 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20563 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20564 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20565 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20566 `default-process-coding-system'.
20568 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20572 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
20573 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
20575 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20576 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20579 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
20580 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
20581 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20582 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
20584 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20585 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20587 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20588 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20589 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20590 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20591 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20592 `default-process-coding-system'.
20594 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20598 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
20599 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
20601 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20602 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20605 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
20606 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20608 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20609 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20611 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20612 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20613 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20614 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20615 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20616 `default-process-coding-system'.
20618 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20622 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
20623 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
20625 SQLite is free software.
20627 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20628 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20631 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
20632 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20633 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20634 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
20636 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20637 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20639 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20640 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20641 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20642 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20643 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20644 `default-process-coding-system'.
20646 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20650 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
20651 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
20653 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
20655 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20656 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20659 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
20660 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
20661 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20662 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
20664 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20665 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20667 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20668 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20669 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20670 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20671 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20672 `default-process-coding-system'.
20674 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20678 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
20679 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
20681 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20682 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20685 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
20686 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
20689 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20690 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20692 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20693 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20694 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20695 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20696 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20697 `default-process-coding-system'.
20699 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20703 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
20704 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
20706 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20707 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20710 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
20711 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
20713 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20714 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20716 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20717 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20718 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20719 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20720 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20721 `default-process-coding-system'.
20723 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20727 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
20728 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
20730 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20731 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20734 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
20735 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
20736 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
20737 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
20739 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20740 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20742 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20743 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20744 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20745 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20746 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20747 `default-process-coding-system'.
20749 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20753 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
20754 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
20756 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20757 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20760 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
20761 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
20762 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
20763 `sql-postgres-options'.
20765 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20766 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20768 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20769 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20770 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20771 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20772 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20773 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
20774 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
20775 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
20777 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
20778 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
20780 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20784 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
20785 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
20787 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20788 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20791 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
20792 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
20795 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20796 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20798 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20799 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20800 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20801 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20802 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20803 `default-process-coding-system'.
20805 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20809 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
20810 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
20812 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20813 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20816 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
20819 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20820 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20822 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
20823 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
20824 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
20825 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
20827 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20828 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20829 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20830 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
20831 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20832 `default-process-coding-system'.
20834 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20838 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
20839 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
20841 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
20842 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
20845 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
20846 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
20847 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
20848 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
20851 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
20852 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
20853 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
20854 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
20857 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
20858 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
20860 To use LINTER font locking by default, put this line into your .emacs :
20861 (setq sql-mode-font-lock-keywords sql-mode-linter-font-lock-keywords)
20863 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
20869 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
20870 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
20871 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
20872 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
20873 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (15961
20875 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
20877 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
20878 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
20879 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
20880 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
20881 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
20882 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
20884 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
20886 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
20887 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
20888 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
20889 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
20890 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
20891 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
20892 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
20894 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
20896 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20897 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
20898 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
20899 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
20900 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
20901 then complete the stroke with button 3.
20902 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
20904 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
20906 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
20907 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
20908 This must be bound to a mouse event.
20910 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
20912 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20913 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
20914 This must be bound to a mouse event.
20916 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
20918 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
20919 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
20921 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
20923 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
20924 Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
20928 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
20929 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
20933 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
20934 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
20935 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
20936 chronologically by command name.
20937 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
20939 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
20941 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
20942 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
20943 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20945 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
20947 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
20949 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
20950 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
20951 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
20952 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
20953 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
20954 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
20955 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
20957 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
20958 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
20959 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
20960 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
20962 \\{strokes-mode-map}
20964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20966 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
20967 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
20968 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
20969 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
20971 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
20973 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
20974 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
20980 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
20981 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (15366 772))
20982 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
20984 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
20985 Studlify-case the region.
20987 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
20989 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
20990 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
20992 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
20994 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
20995 Studlify-case the current buffer.
21001 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21002 ;;;;;; (16111 41831))
21003 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21005 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21006 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21007 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21008 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21009 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21010 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21011 original message but it does require a few things:
21013 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21015 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21018 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21019 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21022 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21024 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21026 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21027 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21028 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21034 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16162
21036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21038 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21039 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21040 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21041 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21042 Point is at POS when this function returns.
21044 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21048 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
21049 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21051 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21052 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21053 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21054 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21055 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21057 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21059 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21060 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21061 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21062 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21063 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21064 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21065 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21067 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21071 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21072 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21073 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21074 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21075 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21076 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21077 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21078 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21079 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21080 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21081 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21082 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21083 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16111 41838))
21084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21086 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21087 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21088 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21090 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21092 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21093 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21095 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21097 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21098 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21100 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21102 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21103 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21105 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21107 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21108 Insert an editable text table.
21109 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21110 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21111 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21112 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21113 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21114 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21119 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21121 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21126 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21127 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
21128 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21129 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21132 +-----+-----+-----+
21134 +-----+-----+-----+
21136 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21138 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21139 width, which results as
21141 +--------------+-----+-----+
21143 +--------------+-----+-----+
21145 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21146 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21148 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21150 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21152 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21153 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21154 width information to `table-insert'.
21156 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21162 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21165 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21166 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21168 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21171 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21173 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21175 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21178 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21181 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21183 Move the point under the table as shown below.
21185 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21188 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21191 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21194 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21195 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21196 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21198 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21201 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21207 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21209 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21212 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21215 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21216 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21217 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21218 | | |expected results.-!- |
21219 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21222 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21224 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21228 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21230 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21231 Insert N table row(s).
21232 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21233 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21234 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21235 are appended at the bottom of the table.
21239 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21240 Insert N table column(s).
21241 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21242 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21243 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21244 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21248 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21249 Insert row(s) or column(s).
21250 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21252 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21254 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21255 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21256 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21257 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21258 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21259 all the table specific features.
21261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21263 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21268 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21269 Recognize all tables within region.
21270 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21271 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21272 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21275 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21277 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21280 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21282 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21283 Recognize a table at point.
21284 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21285 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21286 the table specific features.
21288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21290 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21295 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21296 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21297 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21298 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21299 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21300 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21301 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21303 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21305 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21310 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21311 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21312 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21313 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21314 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21315 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21318 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21320 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21321 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21322 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21323 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21324 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21325 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21326 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21331 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21332 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21333 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21334 table's rectangle structure.
21336 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21338 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21339 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21340 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21341 table's rectangle structure.
21345 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21346 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21347 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21348 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21349 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21351 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21353 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21354 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21355 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21357 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21358 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21359 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21360 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21361 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21362 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21363 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21365 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21366 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21367 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21368 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21369 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21370 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21371 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21373 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21374 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21375 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21376 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21377 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21378 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21379 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21380 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21382 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21384 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21385 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21386 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21387 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21389 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21391 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21392 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21393 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21395 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21397 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21398 Split current cell vertically.
21399 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21403 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21404 Split current cell horizontally.
21405 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21409 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21410 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21411 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21413 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21415 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21416 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21417 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21418 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21420 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21422 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21423 Justify cell contents.
21424 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21425 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21426 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21427 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21429 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21431 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
21432 Justify cells of a row.
21433 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21434 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21436 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21438 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
21439 Justify cells of a column.
21440 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
21441 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
21443 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21445 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
21446 Toggle fixing width mode.
21447 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
21448 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
21449 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
21451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21453 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
21454 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
21455 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
21456 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
21457 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
21458 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
21459 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
21460 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
21461 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
21462 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
21463 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
21465 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
21467 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
21468 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
21469 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
21470 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
21471 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
21472 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
21473 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
21474 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
21475 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
21476 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
21477 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
21478 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
21481 References used for this implementation:
21487 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
21489 CALS (DocBook DTD):
21490 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
21491 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
21493 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
21495 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
21496 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
21497 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
21498 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
21499 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
21500 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
21501 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
21502 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
21503 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
21504 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
21505 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
21506 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
21507 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
21508 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
21509 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
21510 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
21511 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
21516 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
21517 (table-forward-cell 15)
21518 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
21519 (table-forward-cell 16)
21520 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
21521 (table-forward-cell 1)
21522 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
21525 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
21526 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
21527 (table-forward-cell 1)
21528 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
21530 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21532 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
21533 Delete N row(s) of cells.
21534 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
21535 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
21536 consists from cells of same height.
21540 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
21541 Delete N column(s) of cells.
21542 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
21543 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
21544 column must consists from cells of same width.
21548 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
21549 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
21550 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
21551 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
21552 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
21553 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
21554 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
21555 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
21556 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
21557 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
21558 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
21559 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
21560 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
21561 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
21562 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
21571 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
21572 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
21573 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
21576 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21578 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21580 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21582 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
21586 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
21587 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
21588 of each row is optional.
21593 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
21594 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
21595 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
21596 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
21597 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
21599 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
21600 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
21602 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
21603 expression and raw delimiter regular
21604 expression, it parses the specified text
21605 area and extracts cell items from
21606 non-table text and then forms a table out
21609 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
21610 creates a single cell table. The text in
21611 the specified region is placed in that
21614 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
21617 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21618 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21619 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21621 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
21622 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
21623 | expression, it parses the specified text |
21624 | area and extracts cell items from |
21625 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
21628 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
21629 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
21630 | the specified region is placed in that |
21632 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21634 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
21635 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
21638 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
21639 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
21640 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
21641 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21642 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
21643 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
21644 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
21645 | |area and extracts cell items from |
21646 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
21648 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21649 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
21650 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
21651 | |the specified region is placed in that |
21653 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
21655 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
21656 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
21657 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
21659 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
21661 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
21662 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
21663 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
21664 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
21665 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
21671 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15589 6165))
21672 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
21674 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
21675 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
21677 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
21681 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16205 24332))
21682 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
21684 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
21685 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
21686 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
21687 Letters no longer insert themselves.
21688 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
21689 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
21690 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
21692 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
21693 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
21694 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
21695 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
21697 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
21704 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
21705 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16111 41834))
21706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
21708 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
21709 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
21710 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
21711 Tab indents for Tcl code.
21712 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21713 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21715 Variables controlling indentation style:
21717 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
21718 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
21719 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
21721 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
21722 documentation for details):
21723 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
21724 Controls action of TAB key.
21726 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
21727 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
21728 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
21729 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
21730 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
21732 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
21733 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
21741 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
21742 Run inferior Tcl process.
21743 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
21744 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
21748 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
21749 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
21750 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
21752 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
21756 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15941 42963))
21757 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
21758 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21760 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
21761 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
21762 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
21763 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
21764 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
21765 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
21766 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
21769 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
21771 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
21772 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
21773 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
21774 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
21780 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16179
21782 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
21784 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
21785 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
21786 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
21787 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
21788 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
21789 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
21791 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
21793 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
21794 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
21795 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
21796 commands to use in that buffer.
21798 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
21800 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
21802 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
21803 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
21805 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
21809 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15491
21811 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
21813 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
21814 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
21815 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
21816 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
21817 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
21818 program as keyboard input.
21820 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
21821 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
21822 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
21823 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
21825 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
21826 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
21827 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
21828 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
21829 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
21831 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
21833 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
21834 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
21835 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
21836 terminal-redisplay-interval.
21838 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
21839 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
21840 subprocess started.
21842 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
21846 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun testcover-start) "testcover"
21847 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (16162 11942))
21848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
21850 (autoload (quote testcover-start) "testcover" "\
21851 Uses edebug to instrument all macros and functions in FILENAME, then
21852 changes the instrumentation from edebug to testcover--much faster, no
21853 problems with type-ahead or post-command-hook, etc. If BYTE-COMPILE is
21854 non-nil, byte-compiles each function after instrumenting.
21856 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
21858 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
21859 Start coverage on function under point.
21865 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15763 44954))
21866 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
21868 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
21869 Play the Tetris game.
21870 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
21871 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
21872 as to form complete rows.
21874 tetris-mode keybindings:
21875 \\<tetris-mode-map>
21876 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
21877 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
21878 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
21879 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
21880 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
21881 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
21882 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
21883 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
21889 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
21890 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
21891 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21892 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
21893 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
21894 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
21895 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
21896 ;;;;;; (16139 21086))
21897 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
21899 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
21900 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
21902 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
21904 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
21905 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
21906 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
21907 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
21908 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
21910 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
21912 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
21913 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
21914 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
21915 if it matches the first line of the file,
21916 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
21918 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
21920 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
21921 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
21922 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
21923 if the variable is non-nil.")
21925 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
21927 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
21928 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
21930 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
21932 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
21933 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
21934 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21935 See the documentation of that variable.")
21937 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21939 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
21940 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
21941 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21942 See the documentation of that variable.")
21944 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21946 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
21947 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
21948 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
21949 See the documentation of that variable.")
21951 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
21953 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
21954 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
21955 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
21956 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
21957 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
21959 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
21961 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
21962 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
21963 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
21964 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
21966 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
21968 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
21969 *User defined LaTeX block names.
21970 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
21972 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
21974 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
21975 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
21976 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21977 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
21979 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
21981 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
21982 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
21983 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21984 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
21986 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
21988 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
21989 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
21990 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
21991 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
21993 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
21994 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
21997 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
21998 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22000 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22003 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22005 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\")) "\
22006 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22007 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22008 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22009 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22011 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22013 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22015 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22016 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22017 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22019 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22021 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22022 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22023 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22024 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22025 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22027 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22029 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22030 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22032 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22034 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22035 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22037 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22039 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22040 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22041 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22042 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22043 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22044 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22045 says which mode to use.
22049 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22051 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22053 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22055 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22056 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22057 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22058 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22059 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22061 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22062 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22063 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22064 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22065 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22066 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22067 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22069 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22070 mismatched $'s or braces.
22073 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22077 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22079 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22080 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22081 tex-dvi-print-command
22082 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22083 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22084 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22085 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22086 tex-dvi-view-command
22087 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22088 tex-show-queue-command
22089 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22090 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22092 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22093 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22094 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22098 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22099 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22100 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22101 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22102 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22104 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22105 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22106 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22107 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22108 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22109 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22110 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22112 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22113 mismatched $'s or braces.
22120 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22122 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22123 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22124 tex-dvi-print-command
22125 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22126 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22127 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22128 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22129 tex-dvi-view-command
22130 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22131 tex-show-queue-command
22132 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22133 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22135 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22136 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22137 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22141 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22142 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22143 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22144 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22145 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22147 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22148 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22149 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22150 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22151 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22152 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22153 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22155 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22156 mismatched $'s or braces.
22159 \\{slitex-mode-map}
22163 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22165 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22166 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22167 tex-dvi-print-command
22168 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22169 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22170 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22171 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22172 tex-dvi-view-command
22173 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22174 tex-show-queue-command
22175 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22176 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22178 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22179 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22180 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22181 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22185 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22190 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22191 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22197 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22198 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16111 41838))
22199 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22201 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22202 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22203 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22204 name specified in the @setfilename command.
22206 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22207 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22208 Info-split to do these manually.
22210 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22212 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22213 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22214 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22215 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22216 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22218 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22220 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22221 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22222 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22223 names specified in the @setfilename command.
22225 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22226 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22227 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22228 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22230 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22231 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22233 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22237 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22238 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16148 4633))
22239 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22241 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22242 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22244 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22246 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22247 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22249 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22251 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22252 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22254 It has these extra commands:
22255 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
22257 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22258 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22259 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22260 modified version of TeX input format.
22262 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22263 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22264 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22265 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22267 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22268 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22269 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22270 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22271 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22272 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22273 in the Texinfo file.
22275 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22276 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22277 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22278 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22279 move forward past the closing brace.
22281 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22282 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22284 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22285 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22286 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22288 Here are the functions:
22290 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22291 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22292 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22294 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22295 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22296 texinfo-master-menu
22298 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22300 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22301 which menu descriptions are indented.
22303 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22304 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22307 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22308 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22309 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22310 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
22312 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22313 be the first node in the file.
22315 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22316 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22322 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
22323 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
22324 ;;;;;; (16185 55426))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22327 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22328 Compose Thai characters in the region.
22329 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22330 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22332 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22334 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22335 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22337 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22339 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22340 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22344 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22347 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22351 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22352 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22353 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15941 42957))
22354 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22356 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22357 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22359 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22361 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22362 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22363 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22364 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22365 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22367 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22368 a symbol as a valid THING.
22370 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22371 of the textual entity that was found.
22373 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22375 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22376 Return the THING at point.
22377 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22378 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22379 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22381 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22382 a symbol as a valid THING.
22384 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
22386 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22391 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22396 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22401 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22408 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
22409 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
22410 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
22411 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
22412 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
22413 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16195 2278))
22414 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
22416 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
22417 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
22418 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
22422 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
22423 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
22425 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22427 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
22428 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
22429 The returned string has no composition information.
22431 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22433 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22434 Compose Tibetan string STR.
22436 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22438 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22439 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
22441 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22443 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
22444 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
22445 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
22446 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22448 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22450 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
22451 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
22452 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
22453 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
22455 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
22457 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
22460 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22462 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22463 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
22464 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
22468 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
22469 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
22470 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
22474 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22477 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
22479 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
22482 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22484 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
22487 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
22491 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
22492 ;;;;;; (15941 42966))
22493 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
22495 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
22496 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
22497 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22498 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22500 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22502 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22504 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
22505 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
22506 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
22507 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
22509 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
22515 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
22516 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16011 37576))
22517 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
22519 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
22520 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
22522 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
22524 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
22525 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22526 This display updates automatically every minute.
22527 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22528 are displayed as well.
22529 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22533 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
22534 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
22535 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22536 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22537 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
22539 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
22541 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
22542 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
22543 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
22545 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
22546 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
22547 are displayed as well.
22548 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
22550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22554 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
22555 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
22556 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
22557 ;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (15450 56230))
22558 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
22560 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22561 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22563 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22565 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
22566 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
22568 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
22570 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
22571 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
22573 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22575 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
22576 Convert DAYS into a time value.
22578 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
22580 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
22581 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
22582 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
22584 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22586 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
22588 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
22589 Subtract two time values.
22590 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
22592 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22594 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
22595 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
22597 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
22599 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
22600 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
22601 DATE should be a date-time string.
22603 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22605 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
22606 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
22607 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
22609 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
22611 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
22612 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
22614 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
22616 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
22617 Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
22619 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22621 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
22622 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
22623 TIME should be a time value.
22624 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
22626 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
22628 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
22629 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
22630 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
22632 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
22636 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
22637 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15941 42957))
22638 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
22640 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
22641 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
22642 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
22643 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
22644 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
22645 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
22646 look like one of the following:
22649 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
22650 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
22651 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
22652 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
22653 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
22654 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
22659 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
22660 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
22661 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
22663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22667 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
22668 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
22669 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
22670 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
22671 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
22672 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
22674 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
22675 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
22676 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
22677 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
22678 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
22679 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
22680 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
22681 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
22682 display (non-nil means on).
22684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22686 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
22687 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22688 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
22689 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
22690 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
22691 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
22692 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
22693 this function is called within a day.
22695 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
22696 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
22697 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
22698 discover the name of the project.
22700 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
22702 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
22703 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
22704 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
22705 begun during the last time segment.
22707 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
22708 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
22709 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
22710 discover the reason.
22712 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
22714 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
22715 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
22716 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
22717 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
22718 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
22720 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22722 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
22723 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
22724 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
22725 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
22726 project you were working on.
22728 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
22730 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
22731 Ask the user before clocking out.
22732 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
22736 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
22737 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
22738 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
22742 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
22743 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
22744 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
22745 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
22746 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
22747 \"relative to today\".
22749 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22751 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
22752 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
22753 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
22754 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
22756 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
22758 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
22759 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
22760 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
22761 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
22762 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
22763 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
22765 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
22769 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
22770 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
22771 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16087 59607))
22772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
22774 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
22776 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
22777 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
22779 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
22781 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
22782 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
22784 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
22786 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
22787 Perform an action at time TIME.
22788 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
22789 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
22790 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
22791 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
22792 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
22793 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22795 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22797 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22799 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
22800 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
22801 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
22802 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
22803 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22805 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22807 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22809 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
22810 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
22811 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
22812 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
22814 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
22816 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
22817 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
22818 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
22819 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
22821 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
22822 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
22824 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
22826 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
22827 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
22829 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
22830 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
22831 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
22832 The call should look like:
22833 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
22834 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
22835 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
22836 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
22839 \(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
22844 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16183 29727))
22845 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
22847 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
22848 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
22849 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
22850 the generated Quail package is saved.
22852 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
22854 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
22855 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
22856 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
22857 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
22858 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
22859 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
22860 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
22862 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
22866 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-compose-region)
22867 ;;;;;; "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16194 56852))
22868 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
22870 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
22873 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22875 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
22876 Compose Tamil characters after the position POS.
22877 If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
22878 In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
22880 \(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22884 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
22885 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15557 10300))
22886 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
22887 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
22888 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
22889 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
22891 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
22892 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
22893 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
22894 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
22895 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
22897 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
22899 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
22900 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
22901 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
22902 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
22903 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
22905 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
22907 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
22908 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
22909 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
22910 in the menu in two ways:
22911 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
22912 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
22913 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
22915 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
22916 keymap or an alist of alists.
22917 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
22918 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
22920 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
22924 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
22925 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
22926 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15381 53844))
22927 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
22929 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
22930 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
22934 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
22935 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
22937 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
22939 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
22940 Insert new TODO list entry.
22941 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
22946 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
22947 List top priorities for each category.
22949 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
22950 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
22952 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
22953 between each category.
22955 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
22957 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
22958 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
22959 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
22960 between each category.
22962 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
22964 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
22966 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
22967 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
22973 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
22974 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
22978 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
22985 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
22986 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
22987 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15678 51473))
22988 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
22990 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
22991 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
22992 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22993 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22994 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
22996 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
22998 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
22999 Toggle use of the tool bar.
23000 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23002 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23003 conveniently adding tool bar items.
23005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23007 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23009 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23010 Add an item to the tool bar.
23011 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23012 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23013 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23014 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23016 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23017 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23018 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23020 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23021 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23023 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23025 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23026 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23027 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23028 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23029 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23030 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23032 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23033 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23034 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23036 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23038 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23039 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23040 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23041 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23042 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23043 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23044 properties to add to the binding.
23046 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23048 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23049 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23051 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23053 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23054 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23055 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23056 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23057 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23058 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23059 properties to add to the binding.
23061 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23063 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23067 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23068 ;;;;;; (16162 11942))
23069 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23071 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23072 Mode for tooltip display.
23073 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23077 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23078 Toggle tooltip-mode.
23079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23080 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23082 (custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23086 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15678
23088 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23090 (defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23092 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23094 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23095 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23101 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23102 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15188 565))
23103 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23105 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23106 Set scroll margins.
23108 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23110 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23111 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23115 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23116 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23122 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15961 24152))
23123 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23125 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23126 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23127 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23128 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23129 to a tcp server on another machine.
23131 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23135 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23136 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (15763 44953))
23137 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23139 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23140 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23142 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23144 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23145 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23146 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23147 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23148 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23149 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23150 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23151 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23153 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23155 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23156 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23157 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23158 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23159 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23160 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23161 the window or buffer configuration at all.
23163 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23167 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23168 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23169 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16162 11943))
23170 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23172 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23173 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23174 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23176 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23177 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23178 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23179 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23181 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23182 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23183 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23184 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23186 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23187 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23188 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23189 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23190 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23191 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23192 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23193 files which are not really tramp files.
23195 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23196 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23197 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23198 updated after changing this variable.
23200 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23202 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23204 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23205 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23206 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23207 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23209 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23210 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23211 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23212 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23214 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23215 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23216 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23218 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23219 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23220 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23221 updated after changing this variable.
23223 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23225 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23227 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23228 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23229 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23231 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23233 (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23235 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23236 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23237 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23239 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23241 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23243 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23247 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23248 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16162 11944))
23249 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23250 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23251 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23252 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23254 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23255 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23256 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23257 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23258 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23259 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23260 first and the associated buffer to its right.
23262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23264 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23265 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23266 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23267 accepting the proposed default buffer.
23269 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23273 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23274 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23275 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23276 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23277 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23278 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23279 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23281 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23282 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23284 First column's text sSs Second column's text
23287 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23289 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23295 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23296 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23297 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23298 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16111 41826))
23299 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23301 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23302 Toggle typing break mode.
23303 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23304 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23305 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23307 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23309 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23310 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23312 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23314 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23315 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23317 When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23318 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23319 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23321 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23322 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23324 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23326 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23327 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23328 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23330 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23331 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23332 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23333 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23334 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23335 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23337 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23338 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23339 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23340 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23342 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23343 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23345 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23346 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23348 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23350 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23351 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23352 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23354 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23355 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23356 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23357 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23358 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23359 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23360 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23362 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23363 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23365 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23366 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23367 reset the keystroke counter.
23369 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23370 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23371 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23372 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23374 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23375 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23376 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23377 `type-break-schedule' command.
23379 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23380 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23381 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23382 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23383 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23384 or not to continue.
23386 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23387 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23388 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23389 approximate good values for this.
23391 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23392 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23394 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23395 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
23396 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
23397 `type-break-warning-repeat'
23398 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
23399 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
23401 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
23402 a typing break occur. They include:
23404 `type-break-query-mode'
23405 `type-break-query-function'
23406 `type-break-query-interval'
23408 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
23410 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23412 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
23413 Take a typing break.
23415 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
23416 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
23418 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
23419 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
23423 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
23424 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
23425 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
23426 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
23430 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
23431 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
23433 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
23434 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
23435 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
23436 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
23437 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
23438 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
23439 average typing speed.)
23441 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
23442 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
23443 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
23444 the computed maximum threshold.
23446 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
23447 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
23448 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
23449 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
23450 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
23452 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
23456 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
23457 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15186 43697))
23458 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
23460 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
23461 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
23462 Works by overstriking underscores.
23463 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23464 which specify the range to operate on.
23466 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23468 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
23469 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
23470 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
23471 which specify the range to operate on.
23473 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23477 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
23478 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (15961 24154))
23479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
23481 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23482 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
23483 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
23487 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
23488 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
23489 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
23490 following the containing message.
23496 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
23497 ;;;;;; (15764 7537))
23498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
23500 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23501 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
23502 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
23503 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
23504 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
23505 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
23509 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
23510 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
23512 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
23516 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16162
23518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
23520 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
23521 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
23522 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
23523 of symbols with local bindings.
23525 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
23529 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
23530 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (15781 48897))
23531 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
23533 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
23534 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
23535 This function has a choice of three things to do:
23536 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
23537 to refrain from editing the file
23538 return t (grab the lock on the file)
23539 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
23540 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
23541 in any way you like.
23543 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
23545 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
23546 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
23547 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
23548 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
23549 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
23551 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
23552 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
23558 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
23559 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15186 43690))
23560 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
23562 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
23563 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
23564 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
23565 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
23567 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23569 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
23570 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
23571 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
23573 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23577 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
23578 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
23579 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
23580 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
23581 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
23582 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
23583 ;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16139 21084))
23584 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
23586 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
23587 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
23590 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
23592 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
23593 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
23594 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
23596 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
23598 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
23599 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
23602 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
23604 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
23605 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
23607 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
23609 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
23610 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
23611 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
23612 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
23613 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
23614 somebody else, signal error.
23616 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23618 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
23619 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
23620 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
23621 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
23622 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
23624 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23626 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
23627 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
23628 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
23629 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
23630 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
23631 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
23632 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
23633 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
23634 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
23635 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
23636 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
23638 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
23640 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
23641 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
23643 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
23644 it will operate on the file in the current line.
23646 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
23647 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
23648 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
23649 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
23650 lock steals will raise an error.
23652 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
23654 For RCS and SCCS files:
23655 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23657 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
23658 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
23659 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
23660 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
23661 it performs a revert.
23662 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
23663 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
23664 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
23665 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
23666 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
23667 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
23668 the option to steal the lock.
23671 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
23672 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
23673 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
23674 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
23675 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
23676 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
23677 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
23678 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
23679 merge in the changes into your working copy.
23681 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
23683 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
23684 Register the current file into a version control system.
23685 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
23686 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
23688 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
23689 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
23690 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
23691 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
23692 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
23693 first backend that could register the file is used.
23695 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
23697 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
23698 Display diffs between file versions.
23699 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
23700 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
23701 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
23702 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
23703 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
23706 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
23708 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
23709 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
23710 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
23711 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
23715 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
23716 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
23717 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
23718 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
23722 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
23723 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
23724 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
23725 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
23726 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
23727 from the current branch.
23729 See Info node `Merging'.
23733 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
23735 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
23736 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
23738 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
23740 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
23741 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
23743 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
23745 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
23746 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
23747 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
23748 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
23749 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
23750 are checked out in that new branch.
23752 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
23754 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
23755 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
23756 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
23757 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
23758 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
23759 allowed and simply skipped).
23761 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
23763 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
23764 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
23768 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
23769 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
23770 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
23771 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
23772 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
23776 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
23777 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
23778 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
23779 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
23780 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
23781 the current branch are merged into the working file.
23785 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
23786 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
23787 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
23789 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
23791 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
23792 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
23793 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
23794 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
23795 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
23796 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
23797 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
23799 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
23801 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
23802 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
23803 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
23804 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
23805 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
23806 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
23807 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
23808 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
23809 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
23811 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
23813 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
23814 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
23816 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
23818 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
23819 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
23820 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
23823 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
23825 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
23826 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
23827 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
23829 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
23830 log entries should be gathered.
23832 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23834 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
23835 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
23837 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
23838 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
23839 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
23840 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
23841 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
23842 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
23844 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
23845 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
23846 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
23847 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
23848 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
23849 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
23850 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
23851 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
23853 Customization variables:
23855 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
23856 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
23857 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
23858 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
23860 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
23864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16136 53054))
23865 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
23866 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
23867 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
23868 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
23870 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
23874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16070 35807))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
23876 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
23878 (while (and (stringp dir)
23880 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
23882 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
23883 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
23884 t (directory-file-name dir))))
23888 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
23892 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
23893 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
23894 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
23896 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
23897 *Where to look for RCS master files.
23898 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
23900 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
23901 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
23905 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
23906 ;;;;;; (16070 35807))
23907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
23909 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
23910 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
23911 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
23913 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
23914 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
23916 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
23917 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
23918 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
23919 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
23923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16162 11942))
23924 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
23925 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
23926 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
23927 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
23929 (vc-svn-registered f)))
23931 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
23935 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
23936 ;;;;;; (15997 673))
23937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
23939 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
23940 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
23945 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
23946 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
23947 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
23948 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
23949 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
23950 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
23951 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
23952 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
23953 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
23955 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
23956 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
23957 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
23958 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
23960 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
23961 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
23962 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
23963 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
23964 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
23966 Template styles can be customized in customization group
23967 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
23971 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
23972 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
23973 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
23977 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
23978 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
23979 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
23980 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
23982 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
23983 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
23984 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
23985 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
23986 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
23990 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
23991 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
23992 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
23993 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
23995 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
23996 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
23997 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
23998 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
23999 beginning with \"std\").
24001 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24002 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24003 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24008 `--' puts a single comment.
24009 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24010 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24011 with a comment in between.
24012 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24013 out following lines.
24014 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24015 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24017 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24018 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24019 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24020 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24021 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24024 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24025 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24026 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24027 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24028 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24029 multi-line comments.
24033 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24034 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24035 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24036 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24038 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24039 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24040 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24041 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24043 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24044 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24047 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24048 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24052 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24053 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24054 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24055 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24056 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24057 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24058 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24059 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24061 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24062 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24063 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24064 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24065 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24068 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24069 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24070 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24072 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24073 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24077 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24078 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24079 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24080 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24081 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24082 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24085 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24086 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24087 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24088 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24091 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24095 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24096 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24097 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24098 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24099 internal signal initializations (menu).
24101 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24102 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24103 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24105 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24106 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24107 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24108 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24109 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24110 | in subsequent paste operations.)
24112 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24113 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24114 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24117 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24118 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24119 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24120 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24121 | association list with formals).
24124 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24125 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24126 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24127 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24128 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24129 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24130 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24131 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24136 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24140 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24144 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24145 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24146 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24148 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24149 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24152 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24153 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24154 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24155 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24157 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24158 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24159 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24161 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24162 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24163 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24164 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24166 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24167 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24168 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24169 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24170 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24172 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24173 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24174 required by secondary units.
24177 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24178 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24179 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24180 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24181 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24182 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24183 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24184 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24185 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24186 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24187 | inputs to this component -> input port created
24188 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24189 | outputs from this component -> output port created
24190 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24191 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24193 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24194 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24195 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24196 | component instantiation is also supported (option
24197 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24199 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24200 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24201 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24202 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24203 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24205 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24206 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24208 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24211 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24212 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24213 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24214 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24215 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24216 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24217 information. New compilers can be added.
24219 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24220 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24223 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24224 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24225 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24226 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24227 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24229 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24232 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24233 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24234 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24236 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24237 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24238 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24239 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24240 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24241 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24242 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24245 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24246 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24247 not (yet) supported.
24248 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24249 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24250 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24254 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24255 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24256 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24257 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24258 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24259 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24260 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24261 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24263 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24264 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24265 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24266 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24267 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24268 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24269 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24270 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24271 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24272 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24273 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24277 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24278 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24279 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24280 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24281 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24282 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24283 current directory for VHDL source files.
24287 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24288 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24292 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24293 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24294 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24295 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24296 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24297 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24298 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24299 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24302 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24303 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24304 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24305 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24306 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24307 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24308 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24310 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24311 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24312 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24313 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24314 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24315 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24317 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24318 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24319 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24320 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24321 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24324 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24325 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24326 highlighted if written in lower case.
24328 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24329 highlighted using a different background color if option
24330 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24332 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24333 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24334 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24335 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24336 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24340 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24341 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24342 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24346 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24347 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24348 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24349 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24350 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24354 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24355 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24357 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24358 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24359 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24360 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24361 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24362 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24363 (used to obtain the port names).
24367 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24368 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24372 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24373 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24374 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24375 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24376 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
24377 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
24378 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
24383 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
24384 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
24385 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
24386 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
24387 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
24389 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
24390 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
24391 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
24392 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
24393 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
24396 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
24397 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
24401 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
24402 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
24403 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
24405 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
24409 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
24410 a VHDL file first, use the command:
24412 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
24414 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
24416 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
24420 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
24426 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
24427 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
24429 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
24431 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
24432 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
24433 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
24434 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
24436 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
24437 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
24438 where the latest version can be found.
24444 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
24445 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
24446 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
24449 The VHDL Mode Authors
24450 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
24461 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15941 42958))
24462 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
24464 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
24465 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
24466 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
24467 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
24469 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
24470 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
24471 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
24472 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
24473 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
24475 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
24476 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
24478 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
24480 * Limitations and unsupported features
24481 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
24483 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
24484 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
24487 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
24488 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
24489 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
24490 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
24491 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
24492 for undoing a repeated change command.
24493 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
24494 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
24495 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
24498 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
24499 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
24500 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
24501 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
24502 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
24503 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
24504 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
24505 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
24507 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
24513 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
24514 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
24515 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
24516 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16183 38637))
24517 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
24519 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
24520 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
24522 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
24524 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24525 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
24526 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24527 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24529 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24531 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24532 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
24536 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
24537 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24538 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
24539 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
24541 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
24543 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
24544 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
24548 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24551 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
24553 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
24556 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
24560 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
24561 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
24562 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16142
24564 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
24566 (defvar view-mode nil "\
24567 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
24568 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
24569 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
24571 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
24573 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
24574 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24575 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24576 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24577 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24578 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24579 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24581 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24585 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
24586 View FILE in View mode in another window.
24587 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
24588 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24589 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24590 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24591 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24592 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24594 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24598 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
24599 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
24600 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
24601 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24602 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24603 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24604 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24605 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24607 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24611 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
24612 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
24613 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24614 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24615 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24616 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24617 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24619 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24621 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24622 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24623 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24625 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24627 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
24628 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
24629 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24630 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24631 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24632 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24633 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24634 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24636 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24638 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24639 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24640 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24642 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24644 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
24645 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
24646 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
24647 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
24648 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
24649 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
24650 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
24651 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24653 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24655 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
24656 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
24657 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
24659 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
24661 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
24662 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
24663 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
24665 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
24666 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
24667 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
24670 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
24671 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
24672 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
24673 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
24674 commands default to a repeat count of one.
24676 H, h, ? This message.
24677 Digits provide prefix arguments.
24678 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
24679 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
24680 > move to the end of buffer.
24681 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
24682 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
24683 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
24684 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
24685 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
24686 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24687 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
24688 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
24689 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
24690 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
24691 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
24692 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
24693 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
24694 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
24695 Use this to view a changing file.
24696 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
24697 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
24698 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
24700 x exchanges point and mark.
24701 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
24702 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
24703 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
24704 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
24705 ' go to position saved in character register.
24706 s do forward incremental search.
24707 r do reverse incremental search.
24708 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
24709 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
24710 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
24711 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
24712 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
24713 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
24714 p searches backward for last regular expression.
24715 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
24716 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
24717 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
24718 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
24719 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
24720 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
24721 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
24722 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
24723 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
24724 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
24726 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
24727 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
24728 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
24729 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
24730 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
24731 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
24732 will return to that buffer.
24734 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24738 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
24739 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
24740 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
24741 `view-return-to-alist'.
24742 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
24743 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
24744 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
24746 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
24747 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
24748 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
24749 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
24750 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
24752 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
24753 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
24754 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
24755 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
24757 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
24759 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
24761 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
24763 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
24764 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
24770 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16111
24772 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
24774 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
24775 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
24779 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
24780 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
24786 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
24787 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
24788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
24790 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
24791 Toggle Viper on/off.
24792 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
24796 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
24797 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
24803 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
24804 ;;;;;; (16087 59607))
24805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
24807 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
24808 Function to generate warning prefixes.
24809 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
24810 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
24811 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
24812 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
24813 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
24814 the beginning of the warning.")
24816 (defvar warning-series nil "\
24817 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
24818 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
24819 which is the start of the current series; it means that
24820 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
24821 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
24822 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
24823 also call that function before the next warning.")
24825 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
24826 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
24828 (defvar warning-group-format " (%s)" "\
24829 Format for displaying the warning group in the warning message.
24830 The result of formatting the group this way gets included in the
24831 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
24833 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
24834 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
24835 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol),
24836 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
24837 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
24838 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
24840 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
24841 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
24842 if you do not attend to it promptly.
24843 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
24844 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
24845 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
24846 :debug -- info for debugging only.
24848 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
24849 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
24851 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
24853 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
24854 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
24856 \(fn GROUP MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
24858 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
24859 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
24860 Aside from generating the message with `format',
24861 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
24863 GROUP should be a custom group name (a symbol).
24864 or else a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
24865 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
24866 can be whatever you like.)
24868 LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
24869 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
24870 if you do not attend to it promptly.
24871 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
24872 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
24874 \(fn GROUP LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24876 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
24877 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
24878 Aside from generating the message with `format',
24879 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
24880 `emacs' as the group and `:warning' as the level.
24882 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
24886 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15941 42963))
24887 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
24889 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
24890 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
24892 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
24895 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
24902 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
24903 ;;;;;; (16087 59843))
24904 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
24905 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
24906 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
24908 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
24910 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
24911 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
24912 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24913 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24914 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
24916 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
24918 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
24919 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
24920 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
24921 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
24923 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
24926 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24930 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
24931 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
24932 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
24933 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
24934 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
24935 ;;;;;; (16111 41826))
24936 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
24938 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
24939 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
24943 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
24944 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
24948 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
24949 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
24953 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
24954 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
24958 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
24959 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
24963 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
24964 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
24966 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
24967 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
24968 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
24969 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
24970 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
24972 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
24974 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
24975 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
24977 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24979 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
24980 Check the region for whitespace errors.
24984 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
24985 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
24987 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
24988 whitespace problems.
24992 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
24993 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
24997 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
24998 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
24999 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25001 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25003 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25005 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25006 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25007 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
25009 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25010 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25014 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25015 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25016 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25022 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25023 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15941 42957))
25024 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25026 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25027 Browse the widget under point.
25031 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25032 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25034 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25036 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25037 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25039 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25041 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25042 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25043 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25049 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25050 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16179
25052 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25054 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25055 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25057 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25059 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25060 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25061 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25063 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25065 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25066 Create widget of TYPE.
25067 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25069 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25071 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25074 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25076 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25077 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25079 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25081 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25082 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25083 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25085 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25086 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25092 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25093 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16111
25095 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25097 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25098 Select the window to the left of the current one.
25099 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25100 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25101 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25102 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25103 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25107 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25108 Select the window above the current one.
25109 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25110 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25111 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25112 negative ARG) of the current window.
25113 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25117 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25118 Select the window to the right of the current one.
25119 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25120 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25121 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25122 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25123 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25127 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25128 Select the window below the current one.
25129 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25130 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25131 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25132 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25133 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25137 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25138 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25139 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25140 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25142 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25146 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25147 ;;;;;; (15941 42957))
25148 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25150 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
25151 Toggle winner-mode.
25152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25153 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25155 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25157 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25158 Toggle Winner mode.
25159 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25165 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25166 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (16012 41365))
25167 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25169 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25170 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25171 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25172 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25173 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25174 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25175 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25176 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25178 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25179 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25181 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25183 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25184 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25188 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25189 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25190 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25191 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25192 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25193 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25194 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25195 `woman' command for further details.
25197 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25201 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25202 ;;;;;; (15941 42958))
25203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25205 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25206 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25209 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25210 are not implemented
25211 - Options for search and replace
25212 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25213 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25215 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25218 The key bindings are:
25228 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25230 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25231 C-l ws-repeat-search
25234 C-r scroll-down-line
25241 C-y kill-complete-line
25244 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25245 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25246 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25247 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25248 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25249 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25250 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25251 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25252 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25253 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25254 C-k b ws-begin-block
25255 C-k c ws-copy-block
25256 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25258 C-k h ws-show-markers
25259 C-k i ws-indent-block
25261 C-k p ws-print-block
25264 C-k s save-some-buffers
25266 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25267 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25268 C-k v ws-move-block
25269 C-k w ws-write-block
25271 C-k y ws-delete-block
25273 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25274 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25275 C-o j justify-current-line
25278 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25279 C-o r set-fill-column
25280 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25281 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25282 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25283 C-o wo other-window
25284 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25286 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25287 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25288 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25289 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25290 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25291 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25292 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25293 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25294 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25295 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25296 C-q a ws-query-replace
25297 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25298 C-q c end-of-buffer
25301 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25303 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25304 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25305 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25306 C-q w ws-last-error
25308 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25315 ;;;;;; (16148 4633))
25316 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25318 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25319 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25320 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25321 Returns the top node with all its children.
25322 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25323 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25325 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25327 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25328 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25329 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25330 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25331 is not well-formed XML.
25332 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25333 and returned as the first element of the list.
25334 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25336 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25340 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16025
25342 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25344 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25345 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25346 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25347 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25348 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25350 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25352 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25353 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25354 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25356 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25362 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25363 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15407 8860))
25364 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25366 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25367 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25369 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25371 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25372 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25374 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25376 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
25377 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
25378 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
25380 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25382 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
25383 Zippy goes to the analyst.
25389 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15678 51471))
25390 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
25392 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
25393 Zone out, completely.
25399 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
25400 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15941 42963))
25401 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
25403 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
25404 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
25408 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
25409 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
25411 Zone-mode does two things:
25413 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
25414 when saving the file
25422 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
25423 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
25424 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
25425 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
25426 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
25427 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
25428 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el"
25429 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
25430 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
25431 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
25432 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
25433 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
25434 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
25435 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
25436 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
25437 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
25438 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el"
25439 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el"
25440 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/parse-time.el" "case-table.el"
25441 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "composite.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el"
25442 ;;;;;; "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
25443 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
25444 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
25445 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
25446 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
25447 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
25448 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
25449 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
25450 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
25451 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
25452 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/testcover-ses.el"
25453 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/testcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
25454 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
25455 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
25456 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
25457 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
25458 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
25459 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
25460 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
25461 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
25462 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
25463 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
25464 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
25465 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
25466 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
25467 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el"
25468 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
25469 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
25470 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
25471 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
25472 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
25473 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
25474 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
25475 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
25476 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
25477 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
25478 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
25479 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
25480 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
25481 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
25482 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
25483 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
25484 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
25485 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
25486 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
25487 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
25488 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
25489 ;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
25490 ;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
25491 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
25492 ;;;;;; "international/iso-swed.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
25493 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
25494 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el"
25495 ;;;;;; "international/swedish.el" "international/utf-7.el" "isearch.el"
25496 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
25497 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el" "language/english.el"
25498 ;;;;;; "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el"
25499 ;;;;;; "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el"
25500 ;;;;;; "language/japanese.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
25501 ;;;;;; "language/malayalam.el" "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el"
25502 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el"
25503 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
25504 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
25505 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
25506 ;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
25507 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
25508 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
25509 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
25510 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
25511 ;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
25512 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
25513 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
25514 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
25515 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
25516 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
25517 ;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
25518 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
25519 ;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
25520 ;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
25521 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
25522 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cap-words.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
25523 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el"
25524 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
25525 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el"
25526 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
25527 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
25528 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
25529 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
25530 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
25531 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
25532 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el"
25533 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
25534 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
25535 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
25536 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
25537 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
25538 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
25539 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
25540 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
25541 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
25542 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
25543 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
25544 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
25545 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el"
25546 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
25547 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el")
25548 ;;;;;; (16205 43209 430396))
25552 ;;; Local Variables:
25553 ;;; version-control: never
25554 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
25555 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
25557 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here